Form 10-Q

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-Q

 

 

(Mark One)

x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2012

or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from             to             

Commission File Number 001-12647

 

 

Oriental Financial Group Inc.

Incorporated in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, IRS Employer Identification No. 66-0538893

 

 

Principal Executive Offices:

997 San Roberto Street

Oriental Center 10th Floor

Professional Offices Park

San Juan, Puerto Rico 00926

Telephone Number: (787) 771-6800

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large Accelerated Filer   ¨    Accelerated Filer   x
Non-Accelerated Filer   ¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller Reporting Company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

Number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock, as of the latest practicable date:

40,691,983 common shares ($1.00 par value per share) outstanding as of April 30, 2012

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     PAGE  

PART I FINANCIAL INFORMATION:

  

Item 1 Financial Statements

  

Unaudited consolidated statements of financial condition at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

     1   

Unaudited consolidated statements of operations for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011

     2   

Unaudited consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the quarters ended March  31, 2012 and 2011

     3   

Unaudited consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011

     4   

Unaudited consolidated statements of cash flows for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011

     5   

Notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

     7   

Item 2 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     65   

Item 3 Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     97   

Item 4 Controls and Procedures

     101   

PART II OTHER INFORMATION:

  

Item 1 Legal Proceedings

     101   

Item 1A Risk Factors

     101   

Item 2 Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

     102   

Item 3 Defaults Upon Senior Securities

     102   

Item 5 Other Information

     102   

Item 6 Exhibits

     102   

Signatures

     104   

Certifications

  


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The information included in this quarterly report on Form 10-Q contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements may relate to the financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business of Oriental Financial Group Inc. (the “Group”), including, but not limited to, statements with respect to the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, delinquency trends, market risk and the impact of interest rate changes, capital markets conditions, capital adequacy and liquidity, and the effect of legal proceedings and new accounting standards on the Group’s financial condition and results of operations. All statements contained herein that are not clearly historical in nature are forward-looking, and the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continues,” “expect,” “estimate,” “intend,” “project” and similar expressions and future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “might,” “can,” “may,” or similar expressions are generally intended to identify forward-looking statements.

These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties, estimates and assumptions by management that are difficult to predict. Various factors, some of which by their nature are beyond the Group’s control, could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, such forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to:

 

   

the rate of growth in the economy and employment levels, as well as general business and economic conditions;

 

   

changes in interest rates, as well as the magnitude of such changes;

 

   

the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies;

 

   

a credit default by the U.S. or Puerto Rico governments or a downgrade in the credit ratings of the U.S. or Puerto Rico governments;

 

   

changes in federal bank regulatory and supervisory policies, including required levels of capital;

 

   

the impact of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) on the Group’s businesses, business practices and cost of operations;

 

   

the relative strength or weakness of the consumer and commercial credit sectors and of the real estate market in Puerto Rico;

 

   

the performance of the stock and bond markets;

 

   

competition in the financial services industry;

 

   

additional Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) assessments; and

 

   

possible legislative, tax or regulatory changes.

Other possible events or factors that could cause results or performance to differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements include the following: negative economic conditions that adversely affect the general economy, housing prices, the job market, consumer confidence and spending habits which may affect, among other things, the level of non-performing assets, charge-offs and provision expense; changes in interest rates and market liquidity which may reduce interest margins, impact funding sources and affect the ability to originate and distribute financial products in the primary and secondary markets; adverse movements and volatility in debt and equity capital markets; changes in market rates and prices which may adversely impact the value of financial assets and liabilities; liabilities resulting from litigation and regulatory investigations; changes in accounting standards, rules and interpretations; increased competition; the Group’s ability to grow its core businesses; decisions to downsize, sell or close units or otherwise change the Group’s business mix; and management’s ability to identify and manage these and other risks.

All forward-looking statements included in this quarterly report on Form 10-Q are based upon information available to the Group as of the date of this report, and other than as required by law, including the requirements of applicable securities laws, the Group assumes no obligation to update or revise any such forward-looking statements to reflect occurrences or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements.


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

MARCH 31, 2012 AND DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

     March 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 
     (In thousands, except share data)  
ASSETS     

Cash and cash equivalents

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 450,033     $ 601,614  

Money market investments

     3,964       3,863  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     453,997       605,477  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     170,000       —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investments:

    

Trading securities, at fair value, with amortized cost of $365 (December 31, 2011 - $176)

     364       180  

Investment securities available-for-sale, at fair value, with amortized cost of $2,591,603 (December 31, 2011 - $2,873,682)

     2,672,416       2,959,912  

Investment securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost, with fair value of $969,400 (December 31, 2011 - $904,556)

     948,490       884,026  

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock, at cost

     23,779       23,779  

Other investments

     69       73  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

     3,645,118       3,867,970  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans:

    

Mortgage loans held-for-sale, at lower of cost or fair value

     33,439       26,939  

Loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC, net of allowance for loan and lease losses of $37,361 (December 31, 2011 - $37,010)

     1,161,293       1,146,738  

Loans covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC, net of allowance for loan and lease losses of $56,437 (December 31, 2011 - $37,256)

     461,759       496,276  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans, net

     1,656,491       1,669,953  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset

     378,444       392,367  

Foreclosed real estate covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC

     12,181       13,867  

Foreclosed real estate not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC

     16,356       13,812  

Accrued interest receivable

     18,750       20,182  

Deferred tax asset, net

     33,123       32,023  

Premises and equipment, net

     20,722       21,520  

Derivative assets

     12,515       9,317  

Other assets

     43,658       47,178  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 6,461,355     $ 6,693,666  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

Deposits:

    

Demand deposits

   $ 1,001,951     $ 1,000,857  

Savings accounts

     238,917       230,673  

Certificates of deposit

     1,033,699       1,163,737  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     2,274,567       2,395,267  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings:

    

Short-term borrowings

     43,564       39,920  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     3,056,165       3,056,238  

Advances from FHLB

     281,713       281,753  

FDIC-guaranteed term notes

     —          105,834  

Subordinated capital notes

     36,083       36,083  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total borrowings

     3,417,525       3,519,828  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities

     49,426       47,425  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     30,547       35,591  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     5,772,065       5,998,111  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock, $1 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 1,340,000 shares of Series A and 1,380,000 shares of Series B issued and outstanding, $25 liquidation value.

     68,000       68,000  

Common stock, $1 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 47,841,251 shares issued; 40,689,650 shares outstanding (December 31, 2011 - 47,808,657; 41,244,533)

     47,841       47,809  

Additional paid-in capital

     499,786       499,096  

Legal surplus

     51,246       50,178  

Retained earnings

     74,091       68,149  

Treasury stock, at cost, 7,151,601 shares (December 31, 2011 - 6,564,124 shares)

     (81,772     (74,808

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax of $1,464 (December 31, 2011 - $1,848)

     30,098       37,131  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     689,290       695,555  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 6,461,355     $ 6,693,666  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

1


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE QUARTERS ENDED MARCH 31, 2012 AND 2011

 

     Quarters Ended March 31,  
     2012     2011  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Interest income:

    

Loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC

   $ 18,123     $ 17,965  

Loans covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC

     21,541       14,226  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income from loans

     39,664       32,191  

Mortgage-backed securities

     28,326       43,738  

Investment securities and other

     1,929       2,105  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     69,919       78,034  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense:

    

Deposits

     9,153       12,226  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     17,570       24,159  

Advances from FHLB and other borrowings

     3,097       3,049  

FDIC-guaranteed term notes

     909       1,021  

Subordinated capital notes

     328       302  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     31,057       40,757  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     38,862       37,277  

Provision for non-covered loan and lease losses

     3,000       3,800  

Provision for covered loan and lease losses, net

     7,157       549  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision for loan and lease losses

     10,157       4,349  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

     28,705       32,928  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-interest income:

    

Wealth management revenues

     5,889       4,682  

Banking service revenues

     3,286       3,724  

Mortgage banking activities

     2,502       1,823  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total banking and wealth management revenues

     11,677       10,229  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (amortization) accretion of FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset

     (4,827     1,211  

Net gain (loss) on:

    

Sale of securities

     7,360       (2

Derivatives

     (1     (3,956

Trading securities

     (8     (31

Foreclosed real estate

     (398     (132

Other

     (833     86  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest income, net

     12,970       7,405  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-interest expense:

    

Compensation and employee benefits

     10,365       11,688  

Professional and service fees

     5,298       5,448  

Occupancy and equipment

     4,186       4,405  

Insurance

     1,820       1,985  

Electronic banking charges

     1,558       1,454  

Taxes, other than payroll and income taxes

     1,174       1,380  

Loan servicing and clearing expenses

     967       1,021  

Foreclosure, repossession and other real estate expenses

     954       723  

Advertising, business promotion, and strategic initiatives

     848       1,192  

Communication

     412       397  

Director and investor relations

     309       287  

Printing, postage, stationary and supplies

     308       282  

Other

     886       518  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expense

     29,085       30,780  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     12,590       9,553  

Income tax expense

     1,937       6,472  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     10,653       3,081  

Less: Dividends on preferred stock

     (1,201     (1,201
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income available to common shareholders

   $ 9,452     $ 1,880  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income per common share:

    

Basic

   $ 0.23     $ 0.04  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.23     $ 0.04  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average common shares outstanding and equivalents

     41,162       46,179  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash dividends per share of common stock

   $ 0.06     $ 0.05  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

2


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

FOR THE QUARTERS ENDED MARCH 31, 2012 AND 2011

 

     Quarters Ended March 31,  
     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Net income

   $ 10,653     $ 3,081  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss before tax:

    

Unrealized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale

     1,944       (13,738

Realized (gain) loss on investment securities included in net income

     (7,360     2  

Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges

     (2,001     7,123  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss before taxes

     (7,417     (6,613

Income tax effect

     384       (55
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss after taxes

     (7,033     (6,668
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 3,620     $ (3,587
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

3


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE QUARTERS ENDED MARCH 31, 2012 AND 2011

 

     Quarters Ended March 31,  
     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Preferred stock:

    

Balance at beginning and end of period

   $ 68,000     $ 68,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common stock:

    

Balance at beginning of period

     47,809       47,808  

Exercised stock options

     32       —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

     47,841       47,808  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital:

    

Balance at beginning of period

     499,096       498,435  

Stock-based compensation expense

     366       368  

Exercised stock options

     359       —     

Lapsed restricted stock units

     (35     (500
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

     499,786       498,303  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Legal surplus:

    

Balance at beginning of period

     50,178       46,331  

Transfer from retained earnings

     1,068       386  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

     51,246       46,717  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Retained earnings:

    

Balance at beginning of period

     68,149       51,502  

Net income

     10,653       3,081  

Cash dividends declared on common stock

     (2,442     (2,269

Cash dividends declared on preferred stock

     (1,201     (1,201

Transfer to legal surplus

     (1,068     (386
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

     74,091       50,727  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Treasury stock:

    

Balance at beginning of period

     (74,808     (16,732

Stock purchased

     (7,022     (12,530

Lapsed restricted stock units

     35       500  

Stock used to match defined contribution plan

     23       16  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

     (81,772     (28,746
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax:

    

Balance at beginning of period

     37,131       36,987  

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

     (7,033     (6,668
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

     30,098       30,319  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 689,290     $ 713,128  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

4


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE QUARTERS ENDED MARCH 31, 2012 AND 2011

 

     Quarters Ended March 31,  
     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income

   $ 10,653     $ 3,081  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Amortization of deferred loan origination fees, net of costs

     142       10  

Amortization of investment securities premiums, net of accretion of discounts

     11,841       7,638  

Amortization of core deposit intangible

     36       36  

Net amortization (accretion) of FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset

     4,827       (1,211

Other impairments on securities

     4       —     

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment

     1,210       1,468  

Deferred income taxes, net

     (1,274     (109

Provision for covered and non-covered loan and lease losses, net

     10,157       4,349  

Stock-based compensation

     366       368  

Fair value adjustment of servicing asset

     (271     (440

(Gain) loss on:

    

Sale of securities

     (7,360     2  

Sale of mortgage loans held for sale

     (1,330     (799

Derivatives

     1       3,956  

Foreclosed real estate

     398       132  

Sale of other repossessed properties

     (2     —     

Sale of premises and equipment

     (82     8  

Originations and purchases of loans held-for-sale

     (43,144     (52,807

Proceeds from sale of loans held-for-sale

     22,906       17,970  

Net (increase) decrease in:

    

Trading securities

     (184     (114

Accrued interest receivable

     1,432       112  

Other assets

     3,858       2,374  

Net increase (decrease) in:

    

Accrued interest on deposits and borrowings

     (627     (300

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     (7,409     (17,143
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     6,148       (31,419
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchases of:

    

Investment securities available-for-sale

     (77,910     (222,947

Investment securities held-to-maturity

     (119,025     (209,112

Equity options

     —          (525

Maturities and redemptions of:

    

Investment securities available-for-sale

     164,804       303,270  

Investment securities held-to-maturity

     51,681       22,042  

Proceeds from sales of:

    

Investment securities available-for-sale

     210,204       44,528  

Foreclosed real estate

     1,792       2,397  

Other repossessed assets

     994       589  

Premises and equipment

     101       (26

Origination and purchase of loans, excluding loans held-for-sale

     (67,024     (25,155

Principal repayment of loans, including covered loans

     58,969       54,868  

Reimbursements from the FDIC on shared-loss agreements

     24,068       39,839  

Additions to premises and equipment

     (431     (861

Net change in securities purchased under agreements to resell

     (170,000     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

     78,223       8,907  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

5


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS – (Continued)

FOR THE QUARTERS ENDED MARCH 31, 2012 AND 2011

 

     Quarters Ended March 31,  
     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Net increase (decrease) in:

    

Deposits

     (124,230     (89,422

Short term borrowings

     3,644       (10,135

FDIC-guaranteed term notes

     (105,000     —     

Exercise of stock options

     391       —     

Purchase of treasury stock

     (7,022     (12,530

Termination of derivative instruments

     9       6,534  

Dividends paid on preferred stock

     (1,201     (1,201

Dividends paid on common stock

     (2,442     (2,269
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (235,851     (109,023
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     (151,480     (131,535

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     605,477       448,946  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 453,997     $ 317,411  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosure and Schedule of Non-cash Activities:

    

Interest paid

   $ 31,683     $ 41,057  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Mortgage loans securitized into mortgage-backed securities

   $ 16,619     $ 32,599  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transfer from loans to foreclosed real estate

   $ 4,143     $ 4,693  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

 

6


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The accounting and reporting policies of Oriental Financial Group Inc. (the “Group” or “Oriental”) conform with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and to banking industry practices.

The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. These unaudited statements are, in the opinion of management, a fair statement of the results for the periods reported and include all necessary adjustments, all of a normal recurring nature, for a fair statement of such results. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to SEC rules and regulations. Management believes that the disclosures made are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. The results of operations and cash flows for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year. For further information, refer to the consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2011, included in the Group’s 2011 annual report on Form 10-K.

Nature of Operations

The Group is a publicly-owned financial holding company incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. It has four direct subsidiaries, Oriental Bank and Trust (the “Bank”), Oriental Financial Services Corp. (“Oriental Financial Services”), Oriental Insurance, Inc. (“Oriental Insurance”) and Caribbean Pension Consultants, Inc., which is located in Boca Raton, Florida. The Group also has a special purpose entity, Oriental Financial (PR) Statutory Trust II (the “Statutory Trust II”). Through these subsidiaries and their respective divisions, the Group provides a wide range of banking and wealth management services such as mortgage, commercial and consumer lending, leasing, financial planning, insurance sales, money management and investment banking and brokerage services, as well as corporate and individual trust services.

The main offices of the Group and its subsidiaries are located in San Juan, Puerto Rico. The Group is subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve Board under the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and the Dodd-Frank Act.

The Bank operates through 30 financial centers located throughout Puerto Rico and is subject to the supervision, examination and regulation of the Office of the Commissioner of Financial Institutions of Puerto Rico (the “OCFI”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). The Bank offers banking services such as commercial and consumer lending, leasing, savings and time deposit products, financial planning, and corporate and individual trust services, and capitalizes on its commercial banking network to provide mortgage lending products to its clients. Oriental International Bank Inc. (“OIB”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, is an international banking entity (“IBE”) pursuant to the International Banking Center Regulatory Act of Puerto Rico, as amended. OIB offers the Bank certain Puerto Rico tax advantages. OIB activities are limited under Puerto Rico law to persons and assets/liabilities located outside of Puerto Rico.

Oriental Financial Services is a securities broker-dealer and is subject to the supervision, examination and regulation of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (the “FINRA”), the SEC, and the OCFI. Oriental Insurance is an insurance agency and is subject to the supervision, examination and regulation of the Office of the Commissioner of Insurance of Puerto Rico.

The Group’s mortgage banking activities are conducted through a division of the Bank. The mortgage banking activities include the origination of mortgage loans for the Bank’s own portfolio, and the sale of loans directly in the secondary market or the securitization of conforming loans into mortgage-backed securities. The Bank originates Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”)-insured and Veterans Administration (“VA”)-guaranteed mortgages that are primarily securitized for issuance of Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) mortgage-backed securities which can be resold to individual or institutional investors in the secondary market. Conventional loans that meet the underwriting requirements for sale or exchange under standard Federal National Mortgage Association (the “FNMA”) or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (the “FHLMC”) programs are referred to as conforming mortgage loans and are also securitized for issuance of FNMA or FHLMC mortgage-backed securities. The Bank is an approved seller of FNMA, as well as FHLMC, mortgage loans for issuance of FNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities. The Bank is also an approved issuer of GNMA mortgage-backed securities. The Bank is the master servicer of the GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC pools that it issues and of its mortgage loan portfolio, and has a subservicing arrangement with a third party.

 

7


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Effective April 30, 2010, the Bank assumed all of the retail deposits and other liabilities and acquired certain assets and substantially all of the operations of Eurobank from the FDIC, as receiver for Eurobank, pursuant to the terms of a purchase and assumption agreement entered into by the Bank and the FDIC on April 30, 2010. This transaction is referred to as the “FDIC-assisted acquisition.”

Significant Accounting Policies

The unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Group are prepared in accordance with GAAP as prescribed by the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and with the general practices within the banking industry. In preparing the unaudited consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the unaudited consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The Group believes that, of its significant accounting policies, the following may involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity.

Investment Securities

Securities are classified as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale or trading. Securities for which the Group has the intent and ability to hold until maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and are carried at amortized cost. Securities that might be sold prior to maturity because of interest rate changes, to meet liquidity needs, or to better match the repricing characteristics of funding sources are classified as available-for-sale. These securities are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported net of tax in other comprehensive income.

The Group classified certain agency-issued mortgage-backed securities as held-to-maturity. The Group has both the intent and ability to hold such securities until their maturities. Furthermore, the Group believes it will be able to recover substantially all of its recorded investment mainly because these are agency-issued mortgage-backed securities, and also because the securities cannot be contractually prepaid or otherwise settled before their stated maturity by the issuing agency, except for the principal prepayments that may occur throughout their terms based on the payment behavior of the collateral loans. The Group’s securities classified as held-to-maturity were classified as such in response to management’s asset-liability management strategy. The Group believes that it can accomplish its asset-liability management goals and still maximize net interest income without having all its securities classified as available-for-sale. This designation is consistent with held-to-maturity classification requirements, specifically those stated in section 25-18 of ASC 320-10-25.

The Group classifies as trading those securities that are acquired and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near future. These securities are carried at fair value with realized and unrealized changes in fair value included in earnings in the period in which the changes occur.

The Group’s investment in the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of New York stock, a restricted security, has no readily determinable fair value and can only be sold back to the FHLB at cost. Therefore, the carrying value represents its fair value.

Premiums and discounts are amortized to interest income over the life of the related securities using the interest method. Net realized gains or losses on sales of investment securities, and unrealized loss valuation adjustments considered other than temporary, if any, on securities classified as either available-for-sale or held-to-maturity are reported separately in the statements of operations. The cost of securities sold is determined on the specific identification method.

Financial Instruments

Certain financial instruments, including derivatives, trading securities and investment securities available-for-sale, are recorded at fair value and unrealized gains and losses are recorded in other comprehensive income or as part of non-interest income, as appropriate. Fair values are based on listed market prices, if available. If listed market prices are not available, fair value is determined based on other relevant factors, including price quotations for similar instruments. The fair values of certain derivative contracts are derived from pricing models that consider current market and contractual prices for the underlying financial instruments as well as time value and yield curve or volatility factors underlying the positions.

 

8


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

The Group determines the fair value of its financial instruments based on the fair value measurement framework, which establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs of valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

Level 1 — Level 1 assets and liabilities include equity securities that are traded in an active exchange market, as well as certain U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government agency securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active markets. Valuations are obtained from readily available pricing sources for market transactions involving identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 — Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 2 assets and liabilities include (i) mortgage-backed securities for which the fair value is estimated based on valuations obtained from third-party pricing services for identical or comparable assets, (ii) debt securities with quoted prices that are traded less frequently than exchange-traded instruments and (iii) derivative contracts and financial liabilities, whose value is determined using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

Impairment of Investment Securities

The Group conducts periodic reviews to identify and evaluate each investment in an unrealized loss position for other-than-temporary impairments. The Group separates the amount of total impairment into credit and noncredit-related amounts. The term “other-than-temporary impairment” is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent, but indicates that the prospects for a near-term recovery of value is not favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of the investment. Any portion of a decline in value associated with credit loss is recognized in income with the remaining noncredit-related component being recognized in other comprehensive income. A credit loss is determined by assessing whether the amortized cost basis of the security will be recovered, by comparing the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security, discounted at the rate equal to the yield used to accrete current and prospective beneficial interest for the security. The shortfall of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected in relation to the amortized cost basis is considered to be the “credit loss.”

The Group’s review for impairment generally entails, but is not limited to:

 

   

the identification and evaluation of investments that have indications of possible other-than-temporary impairment;

 

   

the analysis of individual investments that have fair values less than amortized cost, including consideration of the length of time the investment has been in an unrealized loss position, and the expected recovery period;

 

   

the financial condition of the issuer or issuers;

 

   

the creditworthiness of the obligor of the security;

 

   

actual collateral attributes;

 

   

any rating changes by a rating agency;

 

   

current analysts’ evaluations;

 

   

the payment structure of the debt security and the likelihood of the issuer being able to make payments;

 

   

current market conditions;

 

   

adverse conditions specifically related to the security, industry, or a geographic area;

 

   

the Group’s intent to sell the debt security;

 

   

whether it is more-likely-than-not that the Group will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery;

 

   

and other qualitative factors that could support or not an other-than-temporary impairment.

 

9


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Group’s overall interest rate risk-management strategy incorporates the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility. The Group’s goal is to manage interest rate sensitivity by modifying the repricing or maturity characteristics of certain balance sheet assets and liabilities so that the net interest margin is not, on a material basis, adversely affected by movements in interest rates. As a result of interest rate fluctuations, hedged fixed-rate assets and liabilities will appreciate or depreciate in market value. Also, for some fixed-rate assets or liabilities, the effect of this variability in earnings is expected to be substantially offset by the Group’s gains and losses on the derivative instruments that are linked to the forecasted cash flows of these hedged assets and liabilities. The Group considers its strategic use of derivatives to be a prudent method of managing interest-rate sensitivity, as it reduces the exposure of earnings and the market value of its equity to undue risk posed by changes in interest rates. The effect of this unrealized appreciation or depreciation is expected to be substantially offset by the Group’s gains or losses on the derivative instruments that are linked to these hedged assets and liabilities. Another result of interest rate fluctuations is that the contractual interest income and interest expense of hedged variable-rate assets and liabilities, respectively, will increase or decrease.

Derivative instruments that are used as part of the Group’s interest rate risk-management strategy include interest rate swaps, forward-settlement swaps, futures contracts, and option contracts that have indices related to the pricing of specific balance sheet assets and liabilities. Interest rate swaps generally involve the exchange of fixed and variable-rate interest payments between two parties, based on a common notional principal amount and maturity date. Interest rate futures generally involve exchange-traded contracts to buy or sell U.S. Treasury bonds and notes in the future at specified prices. Interest rate options represent contracts that allow the holder of the option to (i) receive cash or (ii) purchase, sell, or enter into a financial instrument at a specified price within a specified period. Some purchased option contracts give the Group the right to enter into interest rate swaps and cap and floor agreements with the writer of the option. In addition, the Group enters into certain transactions that contain embedded derivatives. When the embedded derivative possesses economic characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract, it is bifurcated and carried at fair value.

The Group also has offered its customers certificates of deposit with an option tied to the performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 stock market index. The Group purchases options from major financial entities to manage its exposure to changes in this index. Under the terms of the option agreements, the Group receives a certain percentage of the increase, if any, in the initial month-end value of the index over the average of the monthly index observations in a five-year period in exchange for a fixed premium. The changes in fair value of the option agreements used to manage the exposure in the stock market in the certificates of deposit are recorded in earnings. The embedded option in the certificates of deposit is bifurcated, and the changes in the value of that option are also recorded in earnings.

When using derivative instruments, the Group exposes itself to credit and market risk. If a counterparty fails to fulfill its performance obligations under a derivative contract due to insolvency or any other event of default, the Group’s credit risk will equal the fair value gain in a derivative plus any cash or securities that may have been delivered to the counterparty as part of the transaction terms. Generally, when the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, this indicates that the counterparty owes the Group, thus creating a repayment risk for the Group. This risk is generally mitigated by requesting cash or securities from the counterparty to cover the positive fair value. When the fair value of a derivative contract is negative, the Group owes the counterparty and, therefore, assumes no credit risk other than the cash or value of the collateral delivered as part of the transactions in as far as it exceeds the fair value of the derivative. The Group minimizes the credit (or repayment) risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties.

The Group uses forward-settlement swaps to hedge the variability of future interest cash flows of forecasted wholesale borrowings, attributable to changes in LIBOR. Once the forecasted wholesale borrowing transactions occur, the interest rate swap will effectively lock-in the Group’s interest rate payments on an amount of forecasted interest expense attributable to the one-month LIBOR corresponding to the swap notional amount. By employing this strategy, the Group minimizes its exposure to volatility in LIBOR.

As part of this hedging strategy, started in the first quarter of 2011, the Group formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as cash flow hedges to (i) specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or (ii) specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. The Group also formally assesses (both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis) whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of hedged items and whether those derivatives may be expected to remain highly effective in future periods. The changes in fair value of the forward-settlement swaps are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income to the extent there is no significant ineffectiveness.

 

10


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

The Group discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when (i) it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of a hedged item (including hedged items such as firm commitments or forecasted transactions); (ii) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised; (iii) it is no longer probable that the forecasted transaction will occur; (iv) a hedged firm commitment no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment; or (v) management determines that designating the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate or desired.

The Group’s derivative activities are monitored by its Asset/Liability Management Committee which is also responsible for approving hedging strategies that are developed through its analysis of data derived from financial simulation models and other internal and industry sources. The resulting hedging strategies are then incorporated into the Group’s overall interest rate risk-management.

Loans and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

Because of the loss protection provided by the FDIC, the risks of the loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted transaction that are covered under the FDIC shared-loss agreements are significantly different from those loans not covered under the FDIC shared-loss agreements. Accordingly, the Group presents loans subject to the shared-loss agreements as “covered loans” and loans that are not subject to the FDIC shared-loss agreements as “non-covered loans.” Non-covered loans include credit card balances acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition.

Non-Covered Loans

Non-covered loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for charge-offs, the allowance for non-covered loan and lease losses, unamortized discount related to mortgage servicing rights sold and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees and costs, and premiums and discounts on loans purchased, are deferred and amortized over the estimated life of the loans as an adjustment of their yield through interest income using the interest method. When a loan is paid off or sold, any unamortized deferred fee (cost) is credited (charged) to income.

Credit card balances acquired as part of the FDIC-assisted acquisition are accounted for under the guidance of ASC 310-20, which requires that any differences between the contractually required loan payments in excess of the Group’s initial investment in the loans be accreted into interest income on a level-yield basis over the life of the loan. Loans accounted for under ASC 310-20 are placed on non-accrual status when past due in accordance with the Group’s non-accruing policy and any accretion of discount is discontinued. These assets were written-down to their estimated fair value on their acquisition date, incorporating an estimate of future expected cash flows. To the extent actual or projected cash flows are less than originally estimated, additional provisions for loan and lease losses are recognized.

On April 1, 2011, the Bank changed on a prospective basis its policy to place on non-accrual status residential mortgage loans well collateralized and in process of collection when reaching 90 days past due. All loans that were between 90 and 365 days past due when the policy was changed were also placed on non-accrual status, and the interest receivable on such loans was evaluated on a periodic basis against the collateral underlying the loans, and written-down, if necessary. On December 31, 2011, the Bank further revised its policy to reverse against income all interest recorded on residential mortgage loans reaching 90 days past due including the remaining interest on loans that were between 90 and 365 days past due as of April 1, 2011. On December 31, 2011, the Bank also charged-off this remaining accrued interest on residential mortgage loans over 90 days past due. This change in estimate was considered necessary to comply with guidance received from the Group’s regulators.

For all other loans, interest recognition is discontinued when loans are 90 days or more in arrears on principal and/or interest based on contractual terms. Loans for which the recognition of interest income has been discontinued are designated as non-accruing. Collections are accounted for on the cash method thereafter, until qualifying to return to accrual status. Such loans are not reinstated to accrual status until interest is received on a current basis and other factors indicative of doubtful collection cease to exist.

The Group follows a systematic methodology to establish and evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses to provide for inherent losses in the non-covered loan portfolio. This methodology includes the consideration of factors such as economic conditions, portfolio risk characteristics, prior loss experience, and results of periodic credit reviews of individual loans. The provision for loan and lease losses charged to current operations is based on such methodology. Loan and lease losses are charged and recoveries are credited to the allowance for loan and lease losses on non-covered loans.

 

11


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Larger commercial loans that exhibit potential or observed credit weaknesses are subject to individual review and grading. Where appropriate, allowances are allocated to individual loans based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan given the availability of collateral, other sources of cash flow, and legal options available to the Group.

Included in the review of individual loans are those that are impaired. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Group will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or as a practical expedient, at the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. Loans are individually evaluated for impairment, except large groups of small balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment, and loans that are recorded at fair value or at the lower of cost or fair value. The Group measures for impairment all commercial loans over $250 thousand that are either over 90 days past due or adversely classified, or when deemed necessary by management. The portfolios of mortgage, leases and consumer loans are considered homogeneous, and are evaluated collectively for impairment.

The Group, using a rating system, applies an overall allowance percentage to each non-covered loan portfolio segment based on historical credit losses adjusted for current conditions and trends. The historical loss experience is determined by portfolio segment and is based on the actual loss history experienced by the Group over the most recent 12 months. The actual loss experience is supplemented with other economic factors based on the risks present for each portfolio segment. These economic factors include consideration of the following: the credit grading assigned to commercial loans, levels of and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans; levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of any changes in risk selection and underwriting standards; other changes in lending policies, procedures, and practices; experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; local economic trends and conditions; industry conditions; and effects of changes in credit concentrations. The following portfolio segments have been identified: mortgage loans; commercial loans; consumer loans; and leasing.

Mortgage Loans: These loans are further divided into four classes: traditional mortgages, non-traditional mortgages, loans in loan modification programs and home equity secured personal loans. Traditional mortgage loans include loans secured by dwelling, fixed coupons and regular amortization schedules. Non-traditional mortgages include loans with interest-first amortization schedules and loans with balloon considerations as part of their terms. Mortgages in loan modification programs are loans that are being serviced under such programs. Home equity loans are mainly equity lines of credit. The allowance factor on these loans is impacted by the historical loss factors on the sub-segments, the environmental risk factors described above and by delinquency buckets.

Commercial loans: These loans are further divided into two classes: commercial loans secured by existing commercial real estate properties and other commercial loans. The allowance factor assigned to these loans is impacted by historical loss factors, by the environmental risk factors described above and by the credit risk ratings assigned to the loans. These credit risk ratings are based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: economic conditions, portfolio risk characteristics, prior loss experience, and results of periodic credit reviews of individual loans.

Consumer loans: These consist of smaller retail loans such as retail credit cards, overdrafts, unsecured personal lines of credit, and personal unsecured loans. The allowance factor on these loans is impacted by the historical loss factors on the segment, the environmental risk factors described above and by delinquency buckets.

Leasing: This segment consists of personal loans guaranteed by vehicles in the form of lease financing. The allowance factor on these loans is impacted by the historical losses on the segment, the environmental risk factors described above and by delinquency buckets.

Loan loss ratios and credit risk categories are updated at least quarterly and are applied in the context of GAAP as prescribed by ASC and the importance of depository institutions having prudent, conservative, but not excessive loan allowances that fall within an acceptable range of estimated losses. While management uses current available information in estimating possible loan and lease losses, factors beyond the Group’s control, such as those affecting general economic conditions, may require future changes to the allowance.

 

12


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Covered Loans

Covered loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition are accounted under the provisions of ASC 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality,” which is applicable when (a) the Group acquires loans deemed to be impaired when there is evidence of credit deterioration and it is probable, at the date of acquisition, that the Group would be unable to collect all contractually required payments and (b) as a general policy election for non-impaired loans that the Group acquired with some discount attributable to credit.

The acquired covered loans were recorded at their estimated fair value at the time of acquisition. Fair value of acquired loans is determined using a discounted cash flow model based on assumptions about the amount and timing of principal and interest payments, estimated prepayments, estimated default rates, estimated loss severity in the event of defaults, and current market rates. Estimated credit losses are included in the determination of fair value; therefore, an allowance for loan and lease losses is not recorded on the acquisition date.

In accordance with ASC 310-30 and in estimating the fair value of covered loans at the acquisition date, the Group (a) calculated the contractual amount and timing of undiscounted principal and interest payments (the “undiscounted contractual cash flows”) and (b) estimated the amount and timing of undiscounted expected principal and interest payments (the “undiscounted expected cash flows”). The difference between the undiscounted contractual cash flows and the undiscounted expected cash flows is the non-accretable discount. The non-accretable discount represents an estimate of the loss exposure in the covered loan portfolio, and such amount is subject to change over time based on the performance of the covered loans. The carrying value of covered loans is reduced by payments received and increased by the portion of the accretable yield recognized as interest income.

The excess of undiscounted expected cash flows at acquisition over the initial fair value of acquired loans is referred to as the “accretable yield” and is recorded as interest income over the estimated life of the loans using the effective yield method if the timing and amount of the future cash flows is reasonably estimable. Subsequent to acquisition, the Group aggregates loans into pools of loans with common risk characteristics to account for the acquired loans. Increases in expected cash flows over those originally estimated increase the accretable yield and are recognized as interest income prospectively or reverse previously recognized allowance for loan and lease losses. Decreases in expected cash flows compared to those originally estimated decrease the accretable yield and are recognized by recording a provision for covered loan and lease losses and establishing an allowance for loan and lease losses.

ASC 310-30-40-1 states that, once a pool of loans is assembled, the integrity of the pool shall be maintained. A loan shall be removed from a pool of loans only if (a) the investor sells, forecloses, or otherwise receives assets in satisfaction of the loan or (b) the loan is written off. A refinancing or restructuring of a loan shall not result in the removal of a loan from a pool. Events that result in a loan being removed from a pool are often referred to as “confirming events.” When a confirming event occurs and a loan is removed from a pool, ASC 310-30 indicates that the loan should be removed at its carrying amount. ASC 310-30-35-15 states that, if a loan is removed from a pool of loans, the difference between the loan’s carrying amount and the fair value of the collateral or other assets received shall not affect the percentage yield calculation used to recognize accretable yield on the pool of loans. That is, the pool’s yield should be unaffected by the removal. The Group removes such loans on an “as expected” basis, which assumes cash or other assets received are equal to the original expectation of cash flows.

Under the accounting guidance of ASC 310-30 for acquired loans, the allowance for loan and lease losses on covered loans is measured at each financial reporting period, or measurement date, based on expected cash flows. Accordingly, decreases in expected cash flows on these loans compared to those expected cash flows previously forecasted, are recognized by recording a provision for credit losses on covered loans. The portion of the loss on covered loans reimbursable from the FDIC is recorded as an offset to the provision for credit losses and increases the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset.

Lease Financing

The Group leases vehicles for personal and commercial use to individual and corporate customers. The direct finance lease method of accounting is used to recognize revenue on leasing contracts that meet the criteria specified in the guidance for leases in ASC Topic 840. Aggregate rentals due over the term of the leases less unearned income are included in lease financing contracts receivable. Unearned income is amortized using a method over the average life of the leases as an adjustment to the interest yield.

 

13


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Troubled Debt Restructuring

A troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) is the restructuring of a receivable in which the Group, as creditor, grants a concession for legal or economic reasons due to the debtor’s financial difficulties. A concession is granted when, as a result of the restructuring, the Group does not expect to collect all amounts due, including interest accrued at the original contract rate. These concessions may include a reduction of the interest rate, principal or accrued interest, extension of the maturity date or other actions intended to minimize potential losses.

For the assessment of whether the debtor is having financial difficulties, the Group evaluates whether it is probable that the debtor will default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future. If default is probable, then the debtor is considered to be experiencing financial difficulty even if there is no current default.

Receivables that are restructured in a TDR are presumed to be impaired and are subject to a specific impairment-measurement method. If the payment of principal at original maturity is primarily dependent on the value of collateral, the Group considers the current value of that collateral in determining whether the principal will be paid. For non-collateral dependent loans, the specific reserve is calculated based on the present value of expected cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. Loans modified in TDRs are placed on non-accrual status until the Group determines that future collection of principal and interest is reasonably assured, which generally requires that the borrower demonstrate performance according to the restructured terms for a period of at least six months.

Reserve for Unfunded Commitments

The reserve for unfunded commitments is maintained at a level believed by management to be sufficient to absorb estimated probable losses related to unfunded credit facilities and is included in other liabilities in the consolidated statements of condition. The determination of the adequacy of the reserve is based upon an evaluation of the unfunded credit facilities. Net adjustments to the reserve for unfunded commitments are included in other operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

FDIC Shared-Loss Indemnification Asset

The FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset is accounted for and measured separately from the covered loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition as it is not contractually embedded in any of the covered loans. The shared-loss indemnification asset related to estimated future loan and lease losses is not transferable should the Group sell a loan prior to foreclosure or maturity. The shared-loss indemnification asset was recorded at fair value at the acquisition date and represents the present value of the estimated cash payments expected to be received from the FDIC for future losses on covered assets, based on the credit adjustment estimated for each covered asset and the shared-loss percentages. This balance also includes incurred expenses under the shared-loss agreements. This asset is presented net of any clawback liability due to the FDIC under the Purchase and Assumption Agreement. These cash flows are then discounted at a market-based rate to reflect the uncertainty of the timing and receipt of the shared-loss reimbursements from the FDIC. The amount ultimately collected for this asset is dependent upon the performance of the underlying covered assets, the passage of time, and claims submitted to the FDIC. The time value of money incorporated into the present value computation is accreted into earnings over the shorter of the life of the shared-loss agreements or the holding period of the covered assets.

The FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset is reduced as losses are recognized on covered loans and shared-loss payments are received from the FDIC. Realized credit losses in excess of acquisition-date estimates result in an increase in the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset. Conversely, if realized credit losses are less than acquisition-date estimates, the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset is amortized through the term of the shared-loss agreements.

Core Deposit Intangible

Core deposit intangible (“CDI”) is a measure of the value of checking and savings deposits acquired in a business combination. The fair value of the CDI stemming from any given business combination is based on the present value of the expected cost savings attributable to the core deposit funding, relative to an alternative source of funding. CDI is amortized straight-line over a 10-year period. The Group evaluates such identifiable intangible for impairment when an indication of impairment exists. No impairment charges were required to be recorded in the periods ended March 31, 2012 and 2011. If an impairment loss is determined to exist in the future, the loss would be reflected in the consolidated statement of operations for the period in which such impairment is identified.

 

14


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Foreclosed Real Estate and Other Repossessed Property

Non-covered Foreclosed Real Estate

Foreclosed real estate is initially recorded at the lower of the related loan balance or the fair value less cost to sell of the real estate at the date of foreclosure. At the time properties are acquired in full or partial satisfaction of loans, any excess of the loan balance over the estimated fair value of the property is charged against the allowance for loan and lease losses on non-covered loans. After foreclosure, these properties are carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated cost to sell, based on recent appraised values or options to purchase the foreclosed property. Any excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value, less estimated costs to sell, is charged to non-interest expenses. The costs and expenses associated to holding these properties in portfolio are expensed as incurred.

Covered Foreclosed Real Estate and Other Repossessed Property

Covered foreclosed real estate and other repossessed property is initially recorded at their estimated fair value on the acquisition date, based on appraisal value less estimated selling costs. Any subsequent write-downs due to declines in fair value and costs and expenses associated to holding these properties in portfolio are charged as incurred to non-interest expense with a partially offsetting non-interest income for the loss reimbursement under the FDIC shared-loss agreement. Any recoveries of previous write downs are credited to non-interest expenses with a corresponding charge to non-interest income for the portion of the recovery that is due to the FDIC.

Income Taxes

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Group is required to estimate income taxes. This involves an estimate of current income tax expense together with an assessment of temporary differences resulting from differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The determination of current income tax expense involves estimates and assumptions that require the Group to assume certain positions based on its interpretation of current tax laws and regulations. Changes in assumptions affecting estimates may be required in the future and estimated tax assets or liabilities may need to be increased or decreased accordingly. The accrual for tax contingencies is adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the progress of tax audits, case law and emerging legislation. When particular matters arise, a number of years may elapse before such matters are audited and finally resolved. Favorable resolution of such matters could be recognized as a reduction to the Group’s effective tax rate in the year of resolution. Unfavorable settlement of any particular issue could increase the effective tax rate and may require the use of cash in the year of resolution.

The determination of deferred tax expense or benefit is based on changes in the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that generate temporary differences. The carrying value of the Group’s net deferred tax assets assumes that the Group will be able to generate sufficient future taxable income based on estimates and assumptions. If these estimates and related assumptions change in the future, the Group may be required to record valuation allowances against its deferred tax assets resulting in additional income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

Management evaluates on a regular basis whether the deferred tax assets can be realized, and assesses the need for a valuation allowance. A valuation allowance is established when management believes that it is more likely than not that some portion of its deferred tax assets will not be realized. Changes in valuation allowance from period to period are included in the Group’s tax provision in the period of change.

In addition to valuation allowances, the Group establishes accruals for uncertain tax positions when, despite the belief that the Group’s tax return positions are fully supported, the Group believes that certain positions are likely to be challenged. The accruals for uncertain tax positions are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the progress of tax audits, case law, and emerging legislation. The accruals for the Group’s uncertain tax positions are reflected as income tax payable as a component of accrued expenses and other liabilities. These accruals are reduced upon expiration of the applicable statute of limitations.

The Group follows a two-step approach for recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation process, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement.

 

15


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

The Group’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized income tax benefits within the provision for income taxes on the consolidated statements of operations.

On January 31, 2011, the Governor of Puerto Rico signed into law the second and last phase of the Administration’s tax reform bill. It creates the Internal Revenue Code for a New Puerto Rico, which has been subsequently amended several times (the “2011 Code”). The 2011 Code provides for the gradual repeal of the Puerto Rico Internal Revenue Code of 1994 (the “1994 Code”), as its provisions started to take effect, with some exceptions, as of January 1, 2011. For corporate taxpayers, the 2011 Code retains the 20% flat rate on “normal-tax net income” but establishes significantly lower rates applicable to “surtax net income” which is the “normal-tax net income” less the allowed surtax deduction. The 2011 Code provides a surtax rate from 5% to 10% for taxable years commencing after December 31, 2010 and before January 1, 2014. For taxable years commencing after December 31, 2013, the surtax rate may be reduced to 5% if certain economic and budgetary control tests are met by the Government of Puerto Rico. If such economic tests are not met, the reduction of the surtax rate will be postponed until the year when such economic tests are met. In the case of a controlled group of corporations, the determination of which surtax rate applies will be made by adding the “normal-tax net income” of each of the entities that are members of the controlled group reduced by the surtax deduction. The 2011 Code also increased the surtax deduction to $750,000. In the case of a controlled group of corporations, the surtax deduction should be distributed among the members of the controlled group. The 2011 Code reduces the alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) from 22% to 20%. It also eliminates the 5% additional surtax which was established by Act No. 7 of March 9, 2009, and the 5% recapture of the benefit of the income tax tables, except for the income earned by international banking entities, which was fully exempt and is subject to a 5% income tax for the taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008 and ending before January 1, 2012. Under the 2011 Code, a corporate taxpayer has a one-time option of determining its income tax liability and filing its income tax return pursuant to the 1994 Code. This election must be made with the filing of the 2011 income tax return and, once made, is irrevocable for the taxable year when the election is made and for each of the next four taxable years. The Group decided to implement the 2011 Code. Under the 2011 Code, all companies are treated as separate taxable entities and are not entitled to file consolidated returns. The Group and its subsidiaries are subject to Puerto Rico regular income tax or AMT on income earned from all sources. The AMT is payable if it exceeds regular income tax. The excess of AMT over regular income tax paid in any one year may be used to offset regular income tax in future years, subject to certain limitations.

Equity-Based Compensation Plan

The Group’s Amended and Restated 2007 Omnibus Performance Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Plan”) provides for equity-based compensation incentives through the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted units and dividend equivalents, as well as equity-based performance awards. The Omnibus Plan was adopted in 2007, amended and restated in 2008, and further amended in 2010.

The purpose of the Omnibus Plan is to provide flexibility to the Group to attract, retain and motivate directors, officers, and key employees through the grant of awards based on performance and to adjust its compensation practices to the best compensation practice and corporate governance trends as they develop from time to time. The Omnibus Plan is further intended to motivate high levels of individual performance coupled with increased shareholder returns. Therefore, awards under the Omnibus Plan (each, an “Award”) are intended to be based upon the recipient’s individual performance, level of responsibility and potential to make significant contributions to the Group. Generally, the Omnibus Plan will terminate as of (a) the date when no more of the Group’s shares of common stock are available for issuance under the Omnibus Plan, or, if earlier, (b) the date the Omnibus Plan is terminated by the Group’s Board of Directors.

The Board’s Compensation Committee (the “Committee”), or such other committee as the Board may designate, has full authority to interpret and administer the Omnibus Plan in order to carry out its provisions and purposes. The Committee has the authority to determine those persons eligible to receive an Award and to establish the terms and conditions of any Award. The Committee may delegate, subject to such terms or conditions or guidelines as it shall determine, to any employee or group of employees any portion of its authority and powers under the Omnibus Plan with respect to participants who are not directors or executive officers subject to the reporting requirements under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Only the Committee may exercise authority in respect of Awards granted to such participants.

The Omnibus Plan replaced and superseded the Group’s 1996, 1998 and 2000 Incentive Stock Option Plans (the “Stock Option Plans”). All outstanding stock options under the Stock Option Plans continue in full force and effect, subject to their original terms and conditions.

 

16


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

The expected term of stock options granted represents the period of time that such options are expected to be outstanding. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatility of the Group’s shares of common stock over the most recent period equal to the expected term of the stock options.

The Group follows the fair value method of recording stock-based compensation. The Group uses the modified prospective transition method, which requires measurement of the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant date fair value of the award with the cost to be recognized over the service period. It applies to all awards unvested and granted after this effective date and awards modified, repurchased, or cancelled after that date.

Subsequent Events

The Group has evaluated other events subsequent to the balance sheet date and prior to the filing of this quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, and has adjusted and disclosed those events that have occurred that would require adjustment or disclosure in the unaudited consolidated financial statements.

Reclassifications

When necessary, certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform to the current year presentation.

Recent Accounting Developments

Comprehensive Income — FASB Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-12, “Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05” (Topic 220) was issued in December 2011. This update defers the effective date for the presentation of reclassification adjustments. The amendments are being made to allow the Board time to redeliberate whether to present on the face of the financial statements the effects of reclassifications out of accumulated comprehensive income on the components of net income and other comprehensive income for all periods presented. The amendments in this update are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Group adopted this guidance for the deferment of the presentation of reclassifications of items out of accumulated comprehensive income.

Fair Value Measurement — FASB Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-04, “Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs” (Topic 820) was issued in May 2011. This update result in common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs. Consequently, the amendments changes the wording used to describe many of the requirements in U.S. GAAP for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. Among the changes, additional information about the sensitivity of a fair value measurement categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy to changes in unobservable inputs and any interrelationships between those unobservable inputs will be required. Also, entities now will be required to categorize by level of the fair value hierarchy items that are not measured at fair value in the statement of financial position, but for which the fair value of such items is required to be disclosed. The amendments in this update are effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, are to be applied prospectively. The Group adopted this guidance for fair value measurements.

Repurchase Agreements — FASB Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-03, “Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements” (Topic 860) was issued in April 2011. This update removes from the assessment of effective control the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee, and the collateral maintenance implementation guidance related to that criterion. Other criteria applicable to the assessment of effective control are not changed by the amendments in this update. The amendments in this update are effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after December 15, 2011. The guidance should be applied prospectively to transactions or modifications of existing transactions that occur on or after the effective date. Early adoption was not permitted. The Group adopted this guidance for the repurchase agreements.

 

17


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

NOTE 2 — FDIC-ASSISTED ACQUISITION AND FDIC SHARED-LOSS INDEMNIFICATION ASSET

On April 30, 2010, the Bank acquired certain assets and assumed certain deposits and other liabilities of Eurobank from the FDIC as receiver of Eurobank, San Juan, Puerto Rico. As part of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement between the Bank and the FDIC (the “Purchase and Assumption Agreement”), the Bank and the FDIC entered into shared-loss agreements (each, a “shared-loss agreement” and collectively, the “shared-loss agreements”), whereby the FDIC covers a substantial portion of any losses on loans (and related unfunded loan commitments), foreclosed real estate and other repossessed properties.

The acquired loans, foreclosed real estate, and other repossessed property subject to the shared-loss agreements are collectively referred to as “covered assets.” Under the terms of the shared-loss agreements, the FDIC absorbs 80% of losses and shares in 80% of loss recoveries on covered assets. The term of the shared-loss agreement covering single family residential mortgage loans is ten years with respect to losses and loss recoveries, while the term of the shared-loss agreement covering commercial loans is five years with respect to losses and eight years with respect to loss recoveries, from the April 30, 2010 acquisition date. The shared-loss agreements also provide for certain costs directly related to the collection and preservation of covered assets to be reimbursed at an 80% level.

The assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of April 30, 2010 were presented at their fair value. In many cases, the determination of these fair values required management to make estimates about discount rates, expected cash flows, market conditions and other future events that are highly subjective in nature and were subject to change. The fair values initially assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are preliminary and subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition as new information relative to closing date fair values became available. The process was completed on April 29, 2011.

The Bank has agreed to make a true-up payment, also known as clawback liability, to the FDIC on the date that is 45 days following the last day (such day, the “True-Up Measurement Date”) of the final shared-loss month, or upon the final disposition of all covered assets under the shared-loss agreements in the event losses thereunder fail to reach expected levels. Under the shared-loss agreements, the Bank will pay to the FDIC 50% of the excess, if any, of: (i) 20% of the Intrinsic Loss Estimate of $906.0 million (or $181.2 million) (as determined by the FDIC) less (ii) the sum of: (A) 25% of the asset discount (per bid) (or $227.5 million); plus (B) 25% of the cumulative shared-loss payments (defined as the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the Bank minus the aggregate of all of the payments made or payable to the FDIC); plus (C) the sum of the period servicing amounts for every consecutive twelve-month period prior to and ending on the True-Up Measurement Date in respect of each of the shared-loss agreements during which the shared-loss provisions of the applicable shared-loss agreement is in effect (defined as the product of the simple average of the principal amount of shared-loss loans and shared-loss assets at the beginning and end of such period times 1%). The true-up payment represents an estimated liability of $13.9 million and $13.3 million, net of discount, as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. This estimated liability is accounted for as a reduction of the indemnification asset. The indemnification asset represents the portion of estimated losses covered by the shared-loss agreements between the Bank and the FDIC.

The operating results of the Group for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 include the operating results produced by the acquired assets and assumed liabilities.

The FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset activity for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

 

     Quarters Ended March 31,  
     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 392,367     $ 471,872  

Shared-loss agreements reimbursements from the FDIC

     (24,068     (39,839

Recoveries on expected credit impairment losses to be covered under shared-loss agreements, net

     12,024       3,645  

Accretion (amortization) of FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset, net

     (4,827     1,211  

Incurred expenses to be reimbursed under shared-loss agreements

     2,948       2,021  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 378,444     $ 438,910  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

18


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

NOTE 3 — INVESTMENTS

Money Market Investments

The Group considers as cash equivalents all money market instruments that are not pledged and that have maturities of three months or less at the date of acquisition. At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, money market instruments included as part of cash and cash equivalents amounted to $4.0 million and $3.9 million, respectively.

Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell

Securities purchased under agreements to resell consist of short-term investments and are carried at the amounts at which the assets will be subsequently resold as specified in the respective agreements. At March 31, 2012, securities purchased under agreements to resell amounted to $170.0 million. At December 31, 2011, there were no securities purchased under agreements to resell.

The amounts advanced under those agreements are reflected as assets in the unaudited consolidated statements of financial condition. It is the Group’s policy to take possession of securities purchased under agreements to resell. Agreements with third parties specify the Group’s rights to request additional collateral based on its monitoring of the fair value of the underlying securities on a daily basis. The fair value of the collateral securities held by the Group on these transactions as of March 31, 2012 was approximately $175.9 million.

Investment Securities

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, fair value, and weighted average yield of the securities owned by the Group at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 were as follows:

 

     March 31, 2012  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Weighted
Average
Yield
 
     (In thousands)  

Available-for-sale

              

Mortgage-backed securities

              

FNMA and FHLMC certificates

   $ 2,316,792      $ 85,672      $ —         $ 2,402,464        3.59

GNMA certificates

     23,984        1,812        —           25,796        4.99

CMOs issued by US Government sponsored agencies

     117,238        833        269        117,802        1.88
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage-backed securities

     2,458,014        88,317        269        2,546,062        3.52
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment securities

              

Obligations of US Government sponsored agencies

     32,096        —           65        32,031        1.91

Obligations of Puerto Rico Government and political subdivisions

     59,533        354        1,000        58,887        5.11

Structured credit investments

     36,391        —           6,748        29,643        2.18

Other debt securities

     5,569        224        —           5,793        3.27
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities

     133,589        578        7,813        126,354         3.47
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available-for-sale

     2,591,603         88,895        8,082        2,672,416        3.52
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity

              

Mortgage-backed securities

              

FNMA and FHLMC certificates

     829,465        20,770        —           850,235        3.30

CMOs issued by US Government sponsored agencies

     119,025        210        70        119,165        1.98
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities held-to-maturity

     948,490        20,980        70        969,400        3.13
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,540,093      $ 109,875      $ 8,152      $ 3,641,816        3.41
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

19


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Weighted
Average
Yield
 
     (In thousands)  

Available-for-sale

              

Mortgage-backed securities

              

FNMA and FHLMC certificates

   $ 2,583,881      $ 92,899      $ —         $ 2,676,780        3.61

GNMA certificates

     26,186        2,151        —           28,337        5.94

CMOs issued by US Government sponsored agencies

     128,505        1,739        199        130,045        2.33
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage-backed securities

     2,738,572        96,789        199        2,835,162        3.57
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment securities

              

Obligations of Puerto Rico Government and political subdivisions

     82,437        249        1,204        81,482        5.14

Structured credit investments

     46,904        —           9,616        37,288        2.92

Obligations of US Government sponsored agencies

     5,769        211        —           5,980        3.28
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities

     135,110        460        10,820        124,750        4.29
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available-for-sale

     2,873,682        97,249        11,019        2,959,912        3.60
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity

              

Mortgage-backed securities

              

FNMA and FHLMC certificates

     884,026        20,530        —           904,556        3.34
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,757,708      $ 117,779      $ 11,019      $ 3,864,468        3.54
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

20


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

The amortized cost and fair value of the Group’s investment securities at March 31, 2012, by contractual maturity, are shown in the next table. Securities not due on a single contractual maturity date, such as collateralized mortgage obligations, are classified in the period of final contractual maturity. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

     March 31, 2012  
     Available-for-sale      Held-to-maturity  
     Amortized Cost      Fair Value      Amortized Cost      Fair Value  
     (In thousands)  

Mortgage-backed securities

           

Due after 5 to 10 years

           

FNMA and FHLMC certificates

   $ 53,609      $ 54,534      $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total due after 5 to 10 years

     53,609        54,534        —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Due after 10 years

           

FNMA and FHLMC certificates

     2,263,183        2,347,930        829,465        850,235  

GNMA certificates

     23,984        25,796        —           —     

CMOs issued by US Government sponsored agencies

     117,238        117,802        119,025        119,165  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total due after 10 years

     2,404,405        2,491,528        948,490        969,400  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage-backed securities

     2,458,014        2,546,062        948,490        969,400  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment securities

           

Due from 1 to 5 years

           

Obligations of Puerto Rico Government and political subdivisions

     10,000        9,882        —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total due from 1 to 5 years

     10,000        9,882        —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Due after 5 to 10 years

           

Obligations of Puerto Rico Government and political subdivisions

     23,754        23,058        —           —     

Structured credit investments

     36,391        29,643        

Obligations of US Government and sponsored agencies

     32,096        32,031        —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total due after 5 to 10 years

     92,241        84,732        —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Due after 10 years

           

Obligations of Puerto Rico Government and political subdivisions

     25,779        25,947        —           —     

Other debt securities

     5,569        5,793        —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total due after 10 years

     31,348        31,740        —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities

     133,589        126,354        —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,591,603      $ 2,672,416      $ 948,490      $ 969,400  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Keeping with the Group’s investment strategy, during the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, there were certain sales of available-for sale securities because the Group felt at the time of such sales that gains could be realized while at the same time having good opportunities to invest the proceeds in other investment securities with attractive yields and terms that would allow the Group to continue to protect its net interest margin.

The Group, as part of its asset/liability management, may purchase US government sponsored agencies discount notes close to their maturities as a short term vehicle to reinvest the proceeds of sale transactions until investment securities with attractive yields can be purchased. There were no such sales during the quarter ended March 31, 2012, as compared to the quarter ended March 31, 2011, during which the Group sold approximately $10.6 million of discount notes with minimal aggregate gross gains which amounted to less than $1 thousand.

 

21


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

The Group recorded a gain on sale of securities of $7.4 million during the quarter ended March 31, 2012, and a loss on sale of securities of $2 thousand during the quarter ended March 31, 2011. The tables below present the gross realized gains and losses by category for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Quarter Ended March 31, 2012  

Description

   Sale Price      Book Value
at Sale
     Gross Gains      Gross Losses  
     (In thousands)  

Sale of Securities Available-for-Sale

           

Mortgage-backed securities

           

FNMA and FHLMC certificates

   $ 139,834      $ 133,839      $ 5,995      $ —     

GNMA certificates

     17,438        17,437        1        —     

CMOs issued by US Government sponsored agencies

     19,725        18,372        1,353        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

     176,997        169,648        7,349        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment securities

           

Obligations of Puerto Rico Government and political subdivisions

     22,677        22,666        11        —     

Structured credit investments

     10,530        10,530        —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities

     33,207        33,196        11        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 210,204      $ 202,844      $ 7,360      $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Quarter Ended March 31, 2011  

Description

   Fair Value      Sale Book
Value
     Gross Gains      Gross Losses  
     (In thousands)  

Sale of Securities Available-for-Sale

           

Mortgage-backed securities

           

FNMA and FHLMC certificates

   $ 1,073      $ 1,073      $ —         $ —     

GNMA certificates

     32,855        32,857        —           2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage-backed securities

     33,928        33,930        —           2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment securities

           

Obligations of U.S. Government sponsored agencies

     10,600        10,600        —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investment securities

     10,600        10,600        —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 44,528      $ 44,530      $ —         $ 2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

22


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

The following table shows the Group’s gross unrealized losses and fair value of investment securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     March 31, 2012  
     Less than 12 months  
     Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Loss
     Fair
Value
 
     (In thousands)  

Securities Available-for-sale

        

Obligations of US Government sponsored agencies

   $ 32,096      $ 65      $ 32,031  

Obligations of Puerto Rico Government and political subdivisions

     10,000        118        9,882  

CMOs issued by US Government sponsored agencies

     18,099        71        18,028  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     60,195        254        59,941  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     12 months or more  
     Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Loss
     Fair
Value
 

Structured credit investments

     36,391        6,748        29,643  

Obligations of Puerto Rico Government and political subdivisions

     7,024        882        6,142  

CMOs issued by US Government sponsored agencies

     2,317        198        2,119  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     45,732        7,828        37,904  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Total  
     Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Loss
     Fair
Value
 

Structured credit investments

     36,391        6,748        29,643  

Obligations of US Government sponsored agencies

     32,096        65        32,031  

Obligations of Puerto Rico Government and political subdivisions

     17,024        1,000        16,024  

CMOs issued by US Government sponsored agencies

     20,416        269        20,147  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 105,927      $ 8,082      $ 97,845  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     March 31, 2012  
     Less than 12 months  
     Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Loss
     Fair
Value
 
     (In thousands)  

Held-to-Maturity

        

CMOs issued by US Government sponsored agencies

   $ 25,070      $ 70      $ 25,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

23


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

At March 31, 2012, there were no held-to-maturity securities in a continuous unrealized loss position for 12 months or more.

 

     December 31, 2011  
     12 months or more  
     Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Loss
     Fair
Value
 
     (In thousands)  

Securities Available-for-sale

        

Structured credit investments

   $ 36,374      $ 9,616      $ 26,758  

Obligations of Puerto Rico Government and political subdivisions

     24,697        1,204        23,493  

CMOs issued by US Government sponsored agencies

     2,384        199        2,185  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 63,455      $ 11,019      $ 52,436  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011, there were no available-for-sale securities in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months. In addition, at December 31, 2011, there were no individual held-to-maturity securities in an unrealized loss position.

The Group conducts quarterly reviews to identify and evaluate each investment in an unrealized loss position for other-than-temporary impairment.

Any portion of a decline in value associated with credit loss is recognized in income with the remaining noncredit-related component recognized in other comprehensive income. A credit loss is determined by assessing whether the amortized cost basis of the security will be recovered, by comparing the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security, discounted at the rate equal to the yield used to accrete current and prospective beneficial interest for the security. The shortfall of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected in relation to the amortized cost basis is considered to be the “credit loss.”

Other-than-temporary impairment analysis is based on estimates that depend on market conditions, and are subject to further change over time. In addition, while the Group believes that the methodology used to value these exposures is reasonable, the methodology is subject to continuing refinement, including those made as a result of market developments. Consequently, it is reasonably possible that changes in estimates or conditions could result in the need to recognize additional other-than-temporary impairment charges in the future.

At March 31, 2012, the Group’s portfolio of structured credit investments amounted to $36.4 million (amortized cost) in the available-for-sale portfolio, with net unrealized losses of approximately $6.7 million. The Group’s structured credit investments portfolio consist of three collateralized loan obligations (CLOs).

On January 12, 2012, the Group made the strategic decision to sell its $25.5 million investment in a corporate bond that was partially invested in a synthetic collateralized debt obligation (CDO) at a loss of $15.0 million. This loss was accounted for as an other-than-temporary impairment in the fourth quarter of 2011, and no additional gain or loss was realized on the sale in January 2012, since this asset was sold at the same value reflected at December 31, 2011. The main considerations underlying the Group’s decision to sell the security included the continued deteriorating credit conditions surrounding the underlying reference portfolio of the CDO, including an event of default that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2011, and the projected analysis prepared by a third-party specialist that showed defaults in excess of the deal’s subordination level in more than 50% of the scenarios modeled. The corporate bond sold was a unique and completely distinguishable investment from the rest of the Group’s portfolio, including the remaining structured credit investments. As a result of this transaction, the Group continued to reduce its exposure to non-agency securities, as well as to credit risk in the U.S. economy, and also was able to improve its risk-based capital position.

The CLOs are collateralized mostly by senior secured (via first liens) “middle market” commercial and industrial loans, which are securitized in the form of obligations. These investments are all floating rate notes, which reset quarterly based on the three-month LIBOR rate.

 

24


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

The determination of the credit loss assumption in the discounted cash flow analysis related to the Group’s structured credit investments is based on the underlying data for each type of security. In the case of the CLOs, the determination of the future cash flows is based on the following factors:

 

   

Identification of the estimated fair value of the contractual coupon of the loans underlying the CLO. Such fair values are calculated based on information that is obtained directly from the trustee’s reports for each CLO security.

 

   

Calculation of the yield-to-maturity for each loan in the CLO, and determination of the interest rate spread (yield less the risk-free rate).

 

   

Estimated default probabilities for each loan in the CLO. These are based on the credit ratings for each company in the structure, and this information also is obtained directly from the trustee’s reports for each CLO security. The default probabilities are adjusted based on the credit rating assuming the highest default probabilities for the loans of those entities with the lowest credit ratings. In addition to determining the current default probabilities, estimates are developed to calculate the cumulative default probabilities in successive years. To establish the reasonability of the default estimates, market-implied default rates are compared to historical credit ratings-based default rates.

 

   

Once the default probabilities are estimated, the average numbers of defaults is calculated for the loans underlying each CLO security. In those cases where defaults are deemed to occur, a recovery rate is applied to the cash flow determination at the time in which the default is expected to occur. The recovery rate is based on average historical information for similar securities, as well as the actual recovery rates for defaults that have occurred within the pool of loans underlying the securities owned by the Group.

 

   

One hundred simulations are carried out and run through a cash flow engine for the underlying pool of loans in each CLO security. Each one of the simulations uses different default estimates and forward yield curve assumptions.

The three CLOs held by the Group have face values of $12 million, $10 million and $15 million. In light of the other-than-temporary impairment analyses described below, the Group has determined that it will recover all interest and principal invested in the CLOs.

The cash flow analysis performed by the Group for the $12 million CLO did not reflect any scenario where there was a principal impairment. Moreover, on November 23, 2011 S&P increased its rating to “AA-” from “A+”, and on November 6, 2011 Moody’s increased its rating to “A2” from “Baa1”. In addition, the CLO’s subordination level is 26.18%.

With respect to the $10 million CLO, the cash flow analysis performed by the Group also did not reflect any scenario where there was a principal impairment. On February 6, 2012, S&P increased its rating to “A+” from “A”, and on November 2, 2011, Moody’s increased its rating to “A2” from “A3”. Also, the CLO’s subordination level is 20.64%.

The cash flow analysis performed by the Group for the $15 million CLO detected that there was a principal impairment in 9 out of 100 scenarios, with average losses of 14.18% and no scenario where the impairment amount is 100% of the Group’s investment. On August 3, 2011, Moody’s upgraded its rating to “Baa2” from “Baa3”. There have been no other credit actions by S&P since March 4, 2010, when they lowered its rating from “A-” to “BBB+,” which is still investment grade. Also, the CLO’s subordination level is 7.54%.

The Group estimates that it will recover all interest and principal for the Group’s specific tranches of these securities. This assessment is based on the cash flow analysis mentioned above in which the credit quality of the Group’s positions was evaluated through a determination of the expected losses on the underlying collateral. The model results show that the estimated future collateral losses, if any, are lower than the Group’s subordination levels for each one of these securities. Therefore, these securities are deemed to have sufficient credit support to absorb the estimated collateral losses.

Other securities in an unrealized loss position at March 31, 2012 are mainly composed of highly liquid securities that in most cases have a large and efficient secondary market. Valuations are performed on a monthly basis. The Group’s management believes that the unrealized losses of such other securities at March 31, 2012, are temporary and are substantially related to market interest rate fluctuations and not to deterioration in the creditworthiness of the issuer or guarantor. At March 31, 2012, the Group does not have the intent to sell these investments in an unrealized loss position.

 

25


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

NOTE 4 — PLEDGED ASSETS

The following table shows a summary of pledged and not pledged assets at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Investment securities are presented at fair value, and residential mortgage loans, commercial loans and leases are presented at amortized cost:

 

     March 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  
     (In thousands)  

Pledged investment securities to secure:

     

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ 3,342,932      $ 3,399,145  

Puerto Rico public fund deposits

     21,374        71,863  

Puerto Rico Cash & Money Market Fund

     57,770        62,739  

Interest rate risk swap contracts

     53,840        56,189  

Federal Reserve Bank Credit Facility

     13,492        15,560  

Bond for the Bank’s trust operations

     126        126  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total pledged investment securities

     3,489,534        3,605,622  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pledged residential mortgage loans to secure:

     

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank

     537,970        548,809  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pledged commercial loans to secure:

     

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank

     40,555        40,937  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pledged leases to secure:

     

Federal Reserve Bank Credit Facility

     7,560        7,821  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total pledged assets

   $ 4,075,619      $ 4,203,189  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assets not pledged:

     

Investment securities

   $ 328,186      $ 258,845  

Residential mortgage loans

     436,255        435,716  

Commercial loans

     611,153        586,468  

Leases

     46,384        54,069  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets not pledged

   $ 1,421,978      $ 1,335,098  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, Oriental International Bank, Inc. held a certificate of deposit free of liens in the amount of $300 thousand, to comply with established laws for international banking entities and regulations of the OCFI.

 

26


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

NOTE 5 — LOANS RECEIVABLE AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

Loans Receivable Composition

The composition of the Group’s loan portfolio at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was as follows:

 

     March 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 
     (In thousands)  

Loans non-covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC:

    

Loans secured by real estate:

    

Residential

   $ 803,500     $ 819,651  

Home equity loans and others

     1,479       1,411  

Commercial

     217,371       218,261  

Deferred loan fees, net

     (4,298     (4,300
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,018,052       1,035,023  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other loans:

    

Commercial

     112,705       83,312  

Personal consumer loans and credit lines

     39,678       39,890  

Leasing

     28,363       25,768  

Deferred loan fees, net

     (144     (245
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     180,602       148,725  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable

     1,198,654       1,183,748  

Allowance for loan and lease losses

     (37,361     (37,010
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable, net

     1,161,293       1,146,738  

Mortgage loans held-for-sale

     33,439       26,939  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC, net

     1,194,732       1,173,677  

Loans covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC:

    

Loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties

     140,105       140,824  

Construction and development secured by 1-4 family residential properties

     17,626       16,976  

Commercial and other construction

     321,632       325,832  

Leasing

     25,581       36,122  

Consumer

     13,252       13,778  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC

     518,196       533,532  

Allowance for loan and lease losses on covered loans

     (56,437     (37,256
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC, net

     461,759       496,276  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans receivable, net

   $ 1,656,491     $ 1,669,953  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

27


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Non-covered Loans

The Group’s credit activities are mainly with customers located in Puerto Rico. The Group’s loan transactions are encompassed within four portfolio segments: mortgage, commercial, consumer and leasing.

The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in gross loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC, excluding mortgage loans held for sale, as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 by class of loans:

 

     March 31, 2012  
     30-59 Days
Past Due
     60-89 Days
Past Due
     90+ Days
Past Due
     Total Past
Due
     Current      Total Loans  
     (In thousands)  

Mortgage

                 

Residential

                 

Traditional

   $ 16,814      $ 6,136      $ 64,326      $ 87,276      $ 577,249      $ 664,525  

Non-traditional

     3,048        1,364        10,291        14,703        52,770        67,473  

Loss mitigation program

     5,627        2,708        13,773        22,108        49,394        71,502  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     25,489        10,208        88,390        124,087        679,413        803,500  

Home equity loans, secured personal loans

     —           —           570        570        909        1,479  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     25,489        10,208        88,960        124,657        680,322        804,979  

Commercial

                 

Commercial secured by real estate

     3,488        109        27,433        31,030        186,341        217,371  

Other commercial and industrial

     55        —           651        706        111,999        112,705  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,543        109        28,084        31,736        298,340        330,076  

Consumer

                 

Personal consumer loans and credit lines - secured

     189        4        —           193        9,254        9,447  

Personal consumer loans and credit lines - unsecured

     658        138        93        889        21,834        22,723  

Credit cards

     22        53        183        258        4,327        4,585  

Overdrafts

     9        3        10        22        2,901        2,923  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     878        198        286        1,362        38,316        39,678  

Leasing

     345        138        12        495        27,868        28,363  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC

   $ 30,255      $ 10,653      $ 117,342      $ 158,250      $ 1,044,846      $ 1,203,096  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

28


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

     December 31, 2011  
     30-59 Days
Past Due
     60-89 Days
Past Due
     90+ Days
Past Due
     Total Past
Due
     Current      Total Loans  
     (In thousands)  

Mortgage

                 

Residential

                 

Traditional

   $ 18,931      $ 9,434      $ 72,837      $ 101,202      $ 584,600      $ 685,802  

Non-traditional

     1,109        819        10,857        12,785        57,240        70,025  

Loss mitigation program

     4,887        2,113        13,323        20,323        43,501        63,824  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     24,927        12,366        97,017        134,310        685,341        819,651  

Home equity loans, secured personal loans

     142        —           323        465        946        1,411  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     25,069        12,366        97,340        134,775        686,287        821,062  

Commercial

                 

Commercial secured by real estate

     1,205        1,697        27,741        30,643        187,618        218,261  

Other commercial and industrial

     1,536        99        616        2,251        81,061        83,312  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,741        1,796        28,357        32,894        268,679        301,573  

Consumer

                 

Personal consumer loans and credit lines - secured

     36        61        19        116        8,974        9,090  

Personal consumer loans and credit lines - unsecured

     383        113        122        618        21,558        22,176  

Credit cards

     119        43        191        353        4,202        4,555  

Overdrafts

     19        9        2        30        4,039        4,069  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     557        226        334        1,117        38,773        39,890  

Leasing

     339        —           102        441        25,327        25,768  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC

   $ 28,706      $ 14,388      $ 126,133      $ 169,227      $ 1,019,066      $ 1,188,293  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

29


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

The following table presents the recorded investment in non-covered loans on non-accrual status by class of loans as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     March 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 
     (In thousands)  

Mortgage

     

Residential

     

Traditional

   $ 64,326      $ 72,837  

Non-traditional

     10,291        10,857  

Loss mitigation program

     13,773        13,323  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     88,390        97,017  

Home equity secured personal loans

     570        323  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     88,960        97,340  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial

     

Commercial secured by real estate

     30,955        34,789  

Other commercial and industrial

     2,127        2,199  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     33,082        36,988  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer

     

Personal consumer loans and credit lines - unsecured

     103        143  

Credit cards

     183        191  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     286        334  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Leasing

     12        102  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-accrual loans

   $ 122,340      $ 134,764  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, loans of which terms have been extended and which are classified as troubled-debt restructuring that are not included in non-accrual loans amounted to $47.4 million and $41.3 million, respectively.

 

30


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Credit Quality Indicators

The Group categorizes non-covered loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: economic conditions, portfolio risk characteristics, prior loss experience, and results of periodic credit reviews of individual loans.

Larger commercial loans that exhibit potential or observed credit weaknesses are subject to individual review and grading. Where appropriate, allowances are allocated to individual loans based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan given the availability of collateral, other sources of cash flow, and legal options available to the Group.

Included in the review of individual loans are those that are impaired. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Group will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or as a practical expedient, at the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. Loans are individually evaluated for impairment, except large groups of small balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment, and loans that are recorded at fair value or at the lower of cost or fair value. The Group measures for impairment all commercial loans over $250 thousand that are either over 90 days past due or adversely classified, or when deemed necessary by management. The portfolios of loans secured by residential properties, leases and consumer loans are considered homogeneous, and are evaluated collectively for impairment.

The Group uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

Special Mention: Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or of the institution’s credit position at some future date.

Substandard: Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful: Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, questionable and improbable.

Loss: Loans classified loss are considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as bankable assets is not warranted. This classification does not mean that the asset has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather that it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off this worthless loan even though partial recovery may be affected in the future.

Loans not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually as part of the above described process are considered to be pass rated loans.

 

31


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and based on the most recent analysis performed, the risk category of gross non-covered loans subject to risk rating, by class of loans, is as follows:

 

     March 31, 2012  
     Risk Ratings  
     Balance
Outstanding
     Pass      Special
Mention
     Substandard      Doubtful      Individually
Measured  for
Impairment
 
     (In thousands)  

Commercial

                 

Commercial secured by real estate

   $ 217,371      $ 151,628      $ 24,305      $ 1,817      $ 99      $ 39,522  

Other commercial and industrial

     112,705        102,548        5,414        760        —           3,983  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 330,076      $ 254,176      $ 29,719      $ 2,577      $ 99      $ 43,505  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Risk Ratings  
     Balance
Outstanding
     Pass      Special
Mention
     Substandard      Doubtful      Individually
Measured  for
Impairment
 
     (In thousands)  

Commercial

                 

Commercial secured by real estate

   $ 218,261      $ 148,894      $ 25,185      $ 1,957      $ 13      $ 42,212  

Other commercial and industrial

     83,312        74,714        3,517        929        —           4,152  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 301,573      $ 223,608      $ 28,702      $ 2,886      $ 13      $ 46,364  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

32


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

For residential and consumer loan classes, the Group also evaluates credit quality based on the delinquency status of the loan, which was previously presented. As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and based on the most recent analysis performed, the risk category of gross non-covered loans not subject to risk rating, by class of loans, is as follows:

 

     March 31, 2012  
     Delinquency  
     Balance
Outstanding
     0-29 days      30-59 days      60-89 days      90-119 days      120-364 days      365+ days      Individually
Measured  for
Impairment
 
     (In thousands)  

Mortgage

                       

Traditional

   $ 664,525      $ 577,249      $ 16,814      $ 6,136      $ 2,720      $ 21,326      $ 40,280      $ —     

Non-traditional

     67,473        52,770        3,048        1,364        166        2,314        7,811        —     

Loss mitigation program

     71,502        10,464        437        263        93        1,413        2,200        56,632  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     803,500        640,483        20,299        7,763        2,979        25,053        50,291        56,632  

Home equity secured personal loans

     1,479        909        —           —           247        —           323        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     804,979        641,392        20,299        7,763        3,226        25,053        50,614        56,632  

Consumer

     39,678        38,316        878        198        101        183        2        —     

Leasing

     28,363        27,868        345        138        —           5        7        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 873,020      $ 707,576      $ 21,522      $ 8,099      $ 3,327      $ 25,241      $ 50,623      $ 56,632  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Delinquency  
     Balance
Outstanding
     0-29 days      30-59 days      60-89 days      90-119 days      120-364 days      365+ days      Individually
Measured  for
Impairment
 
     (In thousands)  

Mortgage

                       

Traditional

   $ 685,802      $ 584,600      $ 18,931      $ 9,434      $ 3,775      $ 26,457      $ 42,605      $ —     

Non-traditional

     70,025        57,240        1,109        819        849        2,725        7,283        —     

Loss mitigation program

     63,824        7,928        601        757        —           1,002        2,054        51,482  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     819,651        649,768        20,641        11,010        4,624        30,184        51,942        51,482  

Home equity secured personal loans

     1,411        946        142        —           —           —           323        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     821,062        650,714        20,783        11,010        4,624        30,184        52,265        51,482  

Consumer

     39,890        38,773        557        226        202        132        —           —     

Leasing

     25,768        25,327        339        —           21        81        —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 886,720      $ 714,814      $ 21,679      $ 11,236      $ 4,847      $ 30,397      $ 52,265      $ 51,482  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

33


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

The following table presents the troubled-debt restructurings modified during the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     March 31, 2012  
     Number of
contracts
     Pre Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
     Pre-Modification
Weighted
Average Rate
    Pre-Modification
Weighted
Average Term
(in Months)
     Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
     Post-
Modification
Weighted
Average
Rate
    Post-Modification
Weighted
Average Term

(in Months)
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Mortgage loans

     58      $ 9,445        6.49     328      $ 10,039        4.96     403  

Commercial loans

     4        811        6.67     71        1,173        7.18     48  
     March 31, 2011  
     Number of
contracts
     Pre Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
     Pre-Modification
Weighted
Average Rate
    Pre-Modification
Weighted
Average Term
(in Months)
     Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
     Post-
Modification
Weighted
Average
Rate
    Post-Modification
Weighted
Average Term
(in Months)
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Mortgage loans

     52      $ 7,325        6.81     336      $ 7,939        5.86     374  

The following table presents troubled-debt restructurings modified and for which there was a payment default during the twelve-month periods ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Twelve-Month Period Ended March 31,  
     2012      2011  
     Number of
contracts
     Recorded
Investment
     Number of
contracts
     Recorded
Investment
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Mortgage loans

     36      $ 4,425        23      $ 3,662  

Commercial

     1      $ 358        7      $ 2,913  

 

34


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

Non-Covered Loans

The Group maintains an allowance for loan and lease losses at a level that management considers adequate to provide for probable losses based upon an evaluation of known and inherent risks. The Group’s allowance for loan and lease losses policy provides for a detailed quarterly analysis of probable losses. The analysis includes a review of historical loan loss experience, value of underlying collateral, current economic conditions, financial condition of borrowers and other pertinent factors. While management uses available information in estimating probable loan losses, future additions to the allowance may be required based on factors beyond the Group’s control.

The following table presents the changes and the balance in the allowance for loan and lease losses and the recorded investment in gross loans by portfolio segment and based on impairment method for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     March 31, 2012  
     Mortgage     Commercial     Consumer     Leasing     Unallocated      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Allowance for loan and lease losses for non-covered loans:

             

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 21,652     $ 12,548     $ 1,423     $ 845     $ 542      $ 37,010  

Charge-offs

     (922     (1,637     (182     (31     —           (2,772

Recoveries

     —          67       52       4       —           123  

Provision for (recapture of) non-covered loan and lease losses

     (1,763     4,067       35       (308     969        3,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 18,967     $ 15,045     $ 1,328     $ 510     $ 1,511      $ 37,361  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:

             

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 3,899     $ 2,743     $ —        $ —        $ —         $ 6,642  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     15,068       12,302       1,328       510       1,511        30,719  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total ending allowance balance

   $ 18,967     $ 15,045     $ 1,328     $ 510     $ 1,511      $ 37,361  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans:

             

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 56,632     $ 43,505     $ —        $ —        $ —         $ 100,137  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     748,347       286,571       39,678       28,363       —           1,102,959  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total ending non-covered loans balance

   $ 804,979     $ 330,076     $ 39,678     $ 28,363     $ —         $ 1,203,096  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

35


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

     March 31, 2011  
     Mortgage     Commercial     Consumer     Leasing     Unallocated      Total  
     (In thousands)  

Allowance for loan and lease losses for non-covered loans:

             

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 17,865     $ 12,007     $ 1,885     $ 959     $ 11      $ 32,727  

Charge-offs

     (1,268     (729     (345     (31     —           (2,373

Recoveries

     —          16       58       1       —           75  

Provision for (recapture of) non-covered loan and lease losses

     1,173       2,506       (78     (61     260        3,800  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 17,770     $ 13,800     $ 1,520     $ 868     $ 271      $ 34,229  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:

             

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 2,933     $ 1,217     $ —        $ —        $ —         $ 4,150  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     14,837       12,583       1,520       868       271        30,079  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total ending allowance balance

   $ 17,770     $ 13,800     $ 1,520     $ 868     $ 271      $ 34,229  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans:

             

Individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 45,210     $ 36,861     $ —        $ —        $ —         $ 82,071  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

     806,208       228,101       35,985       17,104       —           1,087,398  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total ending non-covered loans balance

   $ 851,418     $ 264,962     $ 35,985     $ 17,104     $ —         $ 1,169,469  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group evaluates all loans, some individually and others as homogeneous groups, for purposes of determining impairment. The total investment in impaired commercial loans was $43.5 million and $46.4 million at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. The impaired commercial loans were measured based on the fair value of collateral or the present value of cash flows method, including those identified as troubled-debt restructurings. The valuation allowance for impaired commercial loans amounted to approximately $2.7 million and $3.5 million at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. At March 31, 2012, the total investment in impaired mortgage loans was $56.6 million (December 31, 2011 — $51.5 million). Impairment on mortgage loans assessed as troubled-debt restructurings was measured using the present value of cash flows. The valuation allowance for impaired mortgage loans amounted to approximately $3.9 million and $3.4 million at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

 

36


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

The Group’s recorded investment in commercial and mortgage loans that were individually evaluated for impairment, excluding FDIC covered loans, and the related allowance for loan and lease losses at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

     March 31, 2012  
     Unpaid
Principal
     Recorded
Investment
     Specific
Allowance
     Coverage     Average
Recorded
Investment
 
     (In thousands)  

Impaired loans with specific allowance

             

Commercial

   $ 32,082      $ 27,815      $ 2,743        10   $ 24,927  

Residential troubled-debt restructuring

     57,650        56,632        3,899        7     56,385  

Impaired loans with no specific allowance

             

Commercial

     16,472        15,690        —           0     18,698  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment in impaired loans

   $ 106,204      $ 100,137      $ 6,642        7   $ 100,010  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Unpaid
Principal
     Recorded
Investment
     Specific
Allowance
     Coverage     Average
Recorded
Investment
 
     (In thousands)  

Impaired loans with specific allowance

             

Commercial

   $ 25,974      $ 23,368      $ 3,518        15   $ 17,949  

Residential troubled-debt restructuring

     52,480        51,482        3,355        7     42,699  

Impaired loans with no specific allowance

             

Commercial

     23,780        22,996        —           0     16,480  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment in impaired loans

   $ 102,234      $ 97,846      $ 6,873        7   $ 77,128  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents the interest recognized in commercial and mortgage loans that were individually evaluated for impairment, excluding FDIC covered loans for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Quarters Ended March 31,  
     2012      2011  

Impaired loans with specific allowance

     

Commercial

   $ 149      $ 144  

Residential troubled-debt restructuring

     424        484  

Impaired loans with no specific allowance

     

Commercial

     38        197  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest income from impaired loans

   $ 611      $ 825  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

37


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Covered Loans under ASC 310-30

The Group’s acquired loans under the FDIC-assisted acquisition of Eurobank were initially recorded at fair value, and no separate valuation allowance was recorded at the date of acquisition. The Group reviewed each loan at acquisition to determine if it should be accounted for under ASC 310-30 and, if so, determine whether each loan is to be accounted for individually or whether loans will be aggregated into pools of loans based on common risk characteristics. During the evaluation of whether a loan was considered impaired under ASC 310-30, the Group considered a number of factors, including the delinquency status of the loan, payment options and other loan features (i.e., reduced documentation, interest only, or negative amortization features), the geographic location of the borrower or collateral and the risk ratings assigned to the loans. In instances where it was determined that for some of the loans in the acquired loan pool that it is probable that all the contractual payments would be received (therefore the loans meet the first criteria of ASC 310-30-15-2 but not the second), the Group applied the discount accretion guidance as ASC 310-30, instead of the standard loan discount accretion guidance of ASC 310-20 to those loans (the loans under SOP 03-3). As documented in a letter from the AICPA Depository Institution Expert Panel to the Office of Chief Accountant of the SEC, on December 5, 2009, the SEC addressed the recognition of discount accretion for loans acquired under these circumstances. As referred to in the AICPA’s letter, when loans are acquired with a significant discount for credit (e.g., at a fair value lower than the contractual amounts due) and such loans are not within the scope of ASC 310-30, the AICPA believed that the SEC would not object to an accounting policy based on contractual cash flows or an accounting policy based on expected cash flows, meaning that an entity could either apply the accretion guidance of ASC 310-20 or that of the ASC 310-30 to such loans. Consistent with the AICPA’s views, the Group applied the guidance of ASC 310-30 to all loans acquired in the transaction including loans that do not meet the scope of ASC 310-30. Based on the criteria, the Group considered the entire Eurobank portfolio, except for credit cards, to be impaired and accounted for under ASC 310-30. Credit cards were accounted under ASC 310-20.

To the extent credit deterioration occurs in covered loans after the date of acquisition, the Group will record an allowance for loan and lease losses and an increase in the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset for the expected reimbursement from the FDIC under the shared-loss agreements. For the quarter ended March 31, 2012, there have been differences, both positive and negative, between actual and expected cash flows in several pools of loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition. At March 31, 2012, the Group concluded that certain pools reflect a higher than expected credit deterioration and as such has recorded impairment on the pools impacted.

The covered loans carrying amounts included in the balance sheet at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

     March 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  
     (In thousands)  

Contractual required payments receivable

   $ 1,072,854     $ 1,134,524  

Non-accretable discount

     (379,780     (412,170
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash expected to be collected

     693,074       722,354  

Accretable yield

     (174,878     (188,822
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying amount, gross

     518,196       533,532  

Allowance for loan and lease losses

     (56,437     (37,256
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying amount, net

   $ 461,759     $ 496,276  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

38


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

The following tables describe the accretable yield and non-accretable discount activity for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Quarters Ended March 31,  
     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Accretable Yield Activity

    

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 188,822     $ 148,558  

Accretion

     (21,541     (14,226

Transfer from (to) non-accretable discount

     7,597       (3,797
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 174,878     $ 130,535  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Quarters Ended March 31,  
     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Non-Accretable Discount Activity

    

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 412,170     $ 603,309  

Principal losses

     (24,793     (42,863

Transfer (to) from accretable discount

     (7,597     3,797  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 379,780     $ 564,243  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

For covered loans, as part of the evaluation of actual versus expected cash flows, the Group assesses on a quarterly basis, the credit quality of these loans based on delinquency, severity factors and risk ratings, among other assumptions. Migration and credit quality trends are assessed at the pool level, by comparing information from the latest evaluation period through the end of the reporting period. During this quarter the Group further reviewed certain pools with commercial real estate, and construction and development loans, which have been in non accrual status since acquisition, whose cash flows lower than the expectations exceeding the established thresholds. The Group reviewed the timing of the collections expected through workout and/or the timing assessed for the particular workout loan to foreclose for the most significant loans comprising the particular pools selected for review. The credit quality assumptions for these pools were updated to reflect an increase in default rates, severities and extension of recovery lags resulting in an increase in the provision for covered loan and lease losses. For other pools composed of performing commercial real estate loans and leases the Group noted that the actual cash flows were better than expected. Thus, for these pools a reversal of previously recorded allowance and a re-yielding of the leasing pools were recorded.

The changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses on covered loans for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 was as follows:

 

     Quarters Ended March 31,  
     2012      2011  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of the period

   $ 37,256      $ 49,286  

Provision for covered loan and lease losses, net

     7,157        549  

FDIC shared-loss portion of provision for covered loan and lease losses, net

     12,024        3,645  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of the period

   $ 56,437      $ 53,480  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

39


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

The Group’s recorded investment in covered loan pools that have recorded impairments and their related allowance for covered loan and lease losses as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

     March 31, 2012  
     Unpaid
Principal
     Recorded
Investment
     Specific
Allowance
     Coverage     Average
Recorded
Investment
 
     (In thousands)  

Impaired covered loans with specific allowance

             

Loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties

   $ 54,865      $ 31,995      $ 1,657        5   $ 32,027  

Construction and development secured by 1-4 family residential properties

     80,623        17,626        9,147        52     17,680  

Commercial and other construction

     199,859        88,001        43,741        10     87,691  

Consumer

     18,296        13,252        1,892        14     13,393  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment in impaired covered loans

   $ 353,643      $ 150,874      $ 56,437        37   $ 150,791  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Unpaid
Principal
     Recorded
Investment
     Specific
Allowance
     Coverage     Average
Recorded
Investment
 
     (In thousands)  

Impaired covered loans with specific allowance

             

Loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties

   $ 55,901      $ 32,130      $ 1,657        5   $ 36,197  

Construction and development secured by 1-4 family residential properties

     80,821        16,976        2,042        12     16,903  

Commercial and other construction

     357,596        146,924        31,665        22     161,562  

Consumer

     19,619        13,778        1,892        14     15,981  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment in impaired covered loans

   $ 513,937      $ 209,808      $ 37,256        18   $ 230,643  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 6 — SERVICING ASSETS

The Group periodically sells or securitizes mortgage loans while retaining the obligation to perform the servicing of such loans. In addition, the Group may purchase or assume the right to service mortgage loans originated by others. Whenever the Group undertakes an obligation to service a loan, management assesses whether a servicing asset and/or liability should be recognized. A servicing asset is recognized whenever the compensation for servicing is expected to more than adequately compensate the Group for servicing the loans and leases. Likewise, a servicing liability would be recognized in the event that servicing fees to be received are not expected to adequately compensate the Group for its expected cost.

All separately recognized servicing assets are recognized at fair value using the fair value measurement method. Under the fair value measurement method, the Group measures servicing rights at fair value at each reporting date and reports changes in fair value of servicing assets in earnings in the period in which the changes occur, and includes these changes, if any, with mortgage banking activities in the consolidated statements of operations. The fair value of servicing rights is subject to fluctuations as a result of changes in estimated and actual prepayment speeds and default rates and losses.

The fair value of servicing rights is estimated by using a cash flow valuation model which calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and other economic factors, which are determined based on current market conditions.

At March 31, 2012, servicing assets are composed of $10.6 million ($10.2 million — December 31, 2011) related to residential mortgage loans and $165 thousand ($221 thousand — December 31, 2011) of leasing servicing assets acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition on April 30, 2010.

 

40


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

The following table presents the changes in servicing rights measured using the fair value method for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Quarters Ended March 31,  
     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Fair value at beginning of period

   $ 10,454     $ 9,695  

Servicing from mortgage securitizations or assets transfers

     420       520  

Changes due to payments on loans

     (234     (244

Changes in fair value due to changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions

     85       (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value at end of period

   $ 10,725     $ 9,963  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents key economic assumptions ranges used in measuring the mortgage related servicing asset fair value for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Quarters Ended March 31,  
     2012      2011  

Constant prepayment rate

     9.76% - 33.05%         7.87% - 15.74%   

Discount rate

     10.50% - 13.50%         11.00% - 14.00%   

The following table presents key economic assumptions ranges used in measuring the leasing related servicing asset fair value for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Quarters Ended March 31,  
     2012      2011  

Discount rate

     13.27% - 15.11%         13.58% - 17.38%   

The sensitivity of the current fair value of servicing assets to immediate 10 percent and 20 percent adverse changes in the above key assumptions were as follows:

 

     March 31, 2012  
     (In thousands)  

Mortgage related servicing asset

  

Carrying value of mortgage servicing asset

   $ 10,560  
  

 

 

 

Constant prepayment rate

  

Decrease in fair value due to 10% adverse change

   $ (428

Decrease in fair value due to 20% adverse change

   $ (830

Discount rate

  

Decrease in fair value due to 10% adverse change

   $ (461

Decrease in fair value due to 20% adverse change

   $ (886

Leasing servicing asset

  

Carrying value of leasing servicing asset

   $ 165  
  

 

 

 

Discount rate

  

Decrease in fair value due to 10% adverse change

   $ (2

Decrease in fair value due to 20% adverse change

   $ (3

 

41


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the figures indicate, changes in fair value based on a 10 percent variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the retained interest is calculated without changing any other assumption.

In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, increases in market interest rates may result in lower prepayments), which may magnify or offset the sensitivities. Mortgage banking activities, a component of total banking and wealth management revenues in the unaudited consolidated statements of operations, include the changes from period to period in the fair value of the mortgage loan servicing rights, which may result from changes in the valuation model inputs or assumptions (principally reflecting changes in discount rates and prepayment speed assumptions) and other changes, including changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows.

Servicing fee income is based on a contractual percentage of the outstanding principal and is recorded as income when earned. Servicing fees on mortgage loans totaled $857 thousand and $719 thousand for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. There were no late fees and ancillary fees recorded in such periods because these fees belong to the third party with which the Group is engaged in a subservicing agreement. Servicing fees on leases amounted to $83 thousand and $216 thousand for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

NOTE 7 — PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization as follows:

 

     Useful Life
(Years)
   March 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 
     (In thousands)  

Land

   —      $ 2,254     $ 2,254  

Buildings and improvements

   40      6,068       5,890  

Leasehold improvements

   5 —10      18,198       18,182  

Furniture and fixtures

   3 — 7      9,734       9,718  

Information technology and other

   3 — 7      20,201       20,008  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        56,455       56,052  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

        (35,733     (34,532
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 20,722     $ 21,520  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment for the quarters ended March 31, 2012, and 2011 totalled $1.2 million and $1.5 million, respectively. These are included in the unaudited consolidated statements of operations as part of occupancy and equipment expenses.

 

42


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

NOTE 8 — DERIVATIVE ACTIVITIES

During the quarter ended March 31, 2012, there were no significant transactions impacting our operations reflected as “Derivative Activities” in the unaudited consolidated statements of operations. During the quarter ended March 31, 2011, losses of $4.0 million were recognized and reflected as “Derivative Activities” in the consolidated statements of operations. These losses were mainly due to realized losses of $4.3 million from terminations of forward-settlement swaps with a notional amount of $1.25 billion.

The following table details “Derivative Assets” and “Derivative Liabilities” as reflected in the unaudited consolidated statements of financial condition at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     March 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 
     (In thousands)  

Derivative assets:

     

Options tied to Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Market Index

   $ 12,515      $ 9,317  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities:

     

Forward settlement swaps

   $ 49,426      $ 47,425  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Forward-settlement Swaps and Interest Rate Swaps

The Group enters into forward-settlement swaps to hedge the variability of future interest cash flows of forecasted wholesale borrowings, attributable to changes in the one-month LIBOR rate. Once the forecasted wholesale borrowings transactions occur, the interest rate swap will effectively fix the Group’s interest payments on an amount of forecasted interest expense attributable to the one-month LIBOR rate corresponding to the swap notional stated rate. These forward-settlement swaps are designated as cash flow hedges for the forecasted wholesale borrowings transactions and properly documented as such, and therefore, qualifying for cash flow hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income to the extent there is no significant ineffectiveness in the cash flow hedging relationships. Currently, the Group does not expect to reclassify any amount included in other comprehensive income related to these forward-settlement swaps to earnings in the next twelve months.

 

43


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

The following table shows a summary of these swaps and their terms, at March 31, 2012:

 

Type

   Notional
Amount
     Fixed
Rate
    Trade
Date
     Settlement
Date
     Maturity
Date
 
     (In thousands)                             

Interest Rate Swaps

   $ 100,000        1.9275     03/18/11         12/28/11         01/28/15   
     100,000        2.0000     03/18/11         12/28/11         03/28/15   
     100,000        2.1100     03/18/11         12/28/11         06/28/15   
  

 

 

            
   $ 300,000             
  

 

 

            

Forward-settlement Swaps

   $ 125,000        1.6550     03/18/11         05/09/12         02/09/14   
     125,000        1.7700     03/18/11         05/09/12         05/09/14   
     100,000        1.8975     03/18/11         05/09/12         08/09/14   
     100,000        2.2225     05/05/11         08/14/12         05/14/15   
     25,000        2.4365     05/05/11         05/04/12         05/04/16   
     150,000        2.7795     05/05/11         12/06/12         06/06/16   
     25,000        2.6200     05/05/11         07/24/12         07/24/16   
     25,000        2.6350     05/05/11         07/30/12         07/30/16   
     50,000        2.6590     05/05/11         08/10/12         08/10/16   
     100,000        2.6750     05/05/11         08/16/12         08/16/16   
  

 

 

            
   $ 825,000             
  

 

 

            

An unrealized loss of $49.4 million was recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income related to the valuation of these swaps at March 31, 2012, and the related liability is being reflected in the accompanying unaudited consolidated statements of financial condition.

Swap Options

In May 2011, the Group sold all options to enter into interest rate swaps, not designated as cash flow hedges, with an aggregate notional amount of $250 million, recording a loss of $2.2 million.

Options tied to Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Market Index

The Group has offered its customers certificates of deposit with an option tied to the performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 stock market index (“S&P Index”). The Group uses option agreements with major broker-dealer companies to manage its exposure to changes in this index. Under the terms of the option agreements, the Group receives the average increase in the month-end value of the index in exchange for a fixed premium. The changes in fair value of the option agreements used to manage the exposure in the stock market in the certificates of deposit are recorded in earnings. At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the purchased options used to manage the exposure to the stock market on stock indexed deposits represented an asset of $12.5 million (notional amount of $101.3 million) and $9.3 million (notional amount of $130.9 million), respectively; the options sold to customers embedded in the certificates of deposit and recorded as deposits in the unaudited consolidated statements of financial condition, represented a liability of $12.1 million (notional amount of $96.4 million) and $9.4 million (notional amount of $125.8 million), respectively.

 

44


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

NOTE 9 — ACCRUED INTEREST RECEIVABLE AND OTHER ASSETS

Accrued interest receivable at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 consists of the following:

 

     March 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 
     (In thousands)  

Non-covered loans

   $ 5,375      $ 5,519  

Investments

     13,375        14,663  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 18,750      $ 20,182  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other assets at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 consist of the following:

 

     March 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
 
     (In thousands)  

Servicing assets

   $ 10,725      $ 10,454  

Prepaid FDIC insurance

     10,106        11,599  

Other prepaid expenses

     5,138        6,498  

Goodwill

     2,701        2,701  

Mortgage tax credits

     1,303        1,303  

Core deposit intangible

     1,150        1,185  

Investment in Statutory Trust

     1,086        1,086  

Debt issuance costs

     760        1,067  

Other repossessed assets (covered by FDIC shared-loss agreements)

     757        708  

Accounts receivable and other assets

     9,932        10,577  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 43,658      $ 47,178  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

On November 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule requiring insured depository institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009, and for all of 2010, 2011, and 2012, on December 31, 2009, along with each institution’s risk-based deposit insurance assessment for the third quarter of 2009. The prepayment balance of the assessment covering fiscal years 2011 and 2012 amounted to $10.1 million and $11.6 million at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

Other prepaid expenses amounting to $5.1 million and $6.5 million at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, include prepaid municipal, property and income taxes aggregating to $2.1 million and $3.2 million, respectively.

In December 2007, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico established mortgage loan tax credits for financial institutions that provided financing for the acquisition of new homes. Under an agreement reached during the quarter ended September 30, 2011 with the Puerto Rico Treasury Department, the Group may use half of these credits to reduce taxable income in taxable year 2011, and the remaining half of the credits in taxable year 2012. At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, tax credits for the Group amounted $1.3 million for both periods.

In April 2010, the Group acquired certain assets and assumed certain deposits and other liabilities of Eurobank in the FDIC–assisted acquisition. As part of this acquisition, the Group registered a core deposit intangible representing the value of checking and savings deposits acquired. At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the core deposit intangible amounted $1.2 million in both periods.

Other repossessed assets amounting to $757 thousand and $708 thousand at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, represent covered assets under the FDIC shared-loss agreements and are related to the Eurobank leasing portfolio acquired under the FDIC-assisted acquisition.

 

45


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

NOTE 10 — DEPOSITS AND RELATED INTEREST

Total deposits as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 consist of the following:

 

     March 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  
     (In thousands)  

Non-interest bearing demand deposits

   $ 180,768      $ 190,001  

Interest-bearing savings and demand deposits

     1,060,101        1,041,529  

Individual retirement accounts

     368,787        361,411  

Retail certificates of deposit

     346,406        378,146  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total retail deposits

     1,956,062        1,971,087  

Institutional deposits

     107,363        168,301  

Brokered deposits

     211,142        255,879  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,274,567      $ 2,395,267  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the weighted average interest rate of the Group’s deposits was 1.58%, and 1.87%, respectively, inclusive of non-interest bearing deposits of $180.8 million and $190.0 million, respectively. Interest expense for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 is set forth below:

 

     Quarters Ended March 31,  
     2012      2011  
     (In thousands)  

Demand and savings deposits

   $ 3,084      $ 4,597  

Certificates of deposit

     6,069        7,629  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 9,153      $ 12,226  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, time deposits in denominations of $100 thousand or higher, excluding unamortized discounts, amounted to $372.5 million, and $456.1 million, including public fund deposits from various Puerto Rico government agencies of $15.2 million and $65.2 million at a weighted average rate of 0.5% in both periods, which were collateralized with investment securities with fair value of $21.4 million and $71.9 million, respectively.

Excluding equity indexed options in the amount of $12.1 million, which are used by the Group to manage its exposure to the S&P Index, and also excluding accrued interest of $4.8 million and unamortized deposit discounts in the amount of $4.3 million, the scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit at March 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

     March 31, 2012  
     (In thousands)  

Within one year:

  

Three (3) months or less

   $ 261,131  

Over 3 months through 1 year

     293,457  
  

 

 

 
     554,588  

Over 1 through 2 years

     262,992  

Over 2 through 3 years

     102,881  

Over 3 through 4 years

     28,564  

Over 4 through 5 years

     72,044  
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,021,069  
  

 

 

 

The aggregate amount of overdraft in demand deposit accounts that were reclassified to loans amounted to $3.0 million as of March 31, 2012 ($4.2 million — December 31, 2011).

 

46


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

NOTE 11 — BORROWINGS

Short Term Borrowings

At March 31, 2012, short term borrowings amounted to $43.6 million (December 31, 2011 — $39.9 million) which mainly consist of deposits of the Puerto Rico Cash & Money Market Fund with a weighted average rate of 0.78% (December 31, 2011 — 0.80%), were collateralized with investment securities with fair value of $57.8 million (December 31, 2011 — $62.7 million).

Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase

At March 31, 2012, securities underlying agreements to repurchase were delivered to, and are being held by, the counterparties with whom the repurchase agreements were transacted. The counterparties have agreed to resell to the Group the same or similar securities at the maturity of the agreements.

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, securities sold under agreements to repurchase (classified by counterparty), excluding accrued interest in the amount of $6.2 million in both periods, were as follows:

 

     March 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  
     Borrowing
Balance
     Fair Value of
Underlying
Collateral
     Borrowing
Balance
     Fair Value of
Underlying
Collateral
 
     (In thousands)  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

   $ 1,250,000      $ 1,313,700      $ 1,250,000      $ 1,337,394  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

     900,000        966,524        900,000        974,286  

UBS Financial Services Inc.

     500,000        617,727        500,000        620,888  

JP Morgan Chase Bank NA

     300,000        336,557        300,000        357,400  

Deutsche Bank

     100,000        108,424        100,000        109,177  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,050,000      $ 3,342,932      $ 3,050,000      $ 3,399,145  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

47


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

The original terms of the Group’s structured repurchase agreements range between three and ten years, and except for four repurchase agreements totaling $600 million and maturing in the years 2014 and 2015, and a repurchase agreement of $350 million maturing during the next quarter (as described below), the counterparties have the right to exercise put options at par on a quarterly basis before their contractual maturities from one to three years after the agreements’ settlement dates. The Group’s $500 million repurchase agreement maturing on March 2, 2017 also provides for an optional early termination by either party upon no less than two business days’ prior written notice to the other party. In the event of any such optional early termination, the amounts owed by or to the terminating party by the other party on the optional early termination date must take account of the termination value of the transaction, as determined by the calculation agent in the manner described in the repurchase agreement. The following table shows a summary of the Group’s structured repurchase agreements and their terms, excluding accrued interest in the amount of $6.2 million, at March 31, 2012:

 

Year of Maturity

   Borrowing
Balance
     Weighted-
Average
Coupon
    Settlement
Date
     Maturity
Date
     Next Put
Date
 
     (In thousands)                             

2012

             
     350,000        4.26     5/9/2007         5/9/2012         N/A   
     100,000        4.50     8/14/2007         8/14/2012         5/14/2012   
     150,000        4.31     3/6/2007         12/6/2012         6/6/2012   
  

 

 

            
     600,000             
  

 

 

            

2014

             
     100,000        4.72     7/27/2007         7/27/2014         4/27/2012   
     300,000        2.86     3/28/2011         9/28/2014         N/A   
  

 

 

            
     400,000             
  

 

 

            

2015

             
     100,000        0.54     12/28/2011         3/30/2015         N/A   
     100,000        0.63     12/29/2011         1/28/2015         N/A   
     100,000        0.59     12/28/2011         6/28/2015         N/A   
  

 

 

            
     300,000             
  

 

 

            

2017

             
     500,000        4.67     3/2/2007         3/2/2017         6/4/2012   
     250,000        0.25     3/2/2007         3/2/2017         6/4/2012   
     100,000        0.00     6/6/2007         3/6/2017         6/6/2012   
     900,000        0.00     3/6/2007         6/6/2017         6/6/2012   
  

 

 

            
     1,750,000             
  

 

 

    

 

 

         
   $ 3,050,000        2.13        
  

 

 

    

 

 

         

None of the structured repurchase agreements referred to above with put dates up to the date of this filing were put by the counterparties. Such repurchase agreements include $1.25 billion, which reset at each put date at a formula which is based on the three-month LIBOR rate less fifteen times the difference between the ten-year SWAP rate and the two-year SWAP rate, with a minimum of 0.00% on $1.0 billion and 0.25% on $250 million, and a maximum of 10.6%. These repurchase agreements bear the respective minimum rates of 0.0% and 0.25% to at least their next put dates scheduled for June 2012.

 

48


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank

Advances are received from the FHLB under an agreement whereby the Group is required to maintain a minimum amount of qualifying collateral with a fair value of at least 110% of the outstanding advances. At March 31, 2012, these advances were secured by mortgage and commercial loans amounting to $538.0 million and $40.6 million, respectively. Also, at March 31, 2012, the Group has an additional borrowing capacity with the FHLB of $164.0 million. At March 31, 2012, the weighted average remaining maturity of FHLB’s advances was 8.2 months (December 31, 2011 — 11.2 months).

In 2007, the Group restructured most of its FHLB advances portfolio into longer-term, structured advances. The original terms of these advances range between five and seven years, and the FHLB has the right to exercise put options at par on a quarterly basis before the contractual maturity of the advances from nine months to one year after the advances’ settlement dates. The following table shows a summary of these advances and their terms, excluding accrued interest in the amount of $1.7 million, at March 31, 2012:

 

Year of Maturity

   Borrowing
Balance
     Weighted-
Average
Coupon
    Settlement
Date
     Maturity
Date
     Next Put
Date
 
     (In thousands)                             

2012

             
   $ 25,000        4.37     5/4/2007         5/4/2012         N/A   
     25,000        4.57     7/24/2007         7/24/2012         4/24/2012   
     25,000        4.26     7/30/2007         7/30/2012         4/30/2012   
     50,000        4.33     8/10/2007         8/10/2012         5/10/2012   
     100,000        4.09     8/16/2007         8/16/2012         5/16/2012   
  

 

 

            
     225,000             
  

 

 

            

2014

             
     25,000        4.20     5/8/2007         5/8/2014         5/8/2012   
     30,000        4.22     5/11/2007         5/11/2014         5/11/2012   
  

 

 

            
     55,000             
  

 

 

    

 

 

         
   $ 280,000        4.24        
  

 

 

    

 

 

         

None of the advances referred to in the previous table with put dates up to the date of this filing were put by the FHLB at their corresponding put dates.

FDIC-Guaranteed Term Notes — Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program

On March 16, 2012, the Group’s banking subsidiary repaid at maturity the $105 million in senior unsecured notes that it issued in March 2009 under the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program.

Subordinated Capital Notes

Subordinated capital notes amounted to $36.1 million at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

In August 2003, the Statutory Trust II, a special purpose entity of the Group, was formed for the purpose of issuing trust redeemable preferred securities. In September 2003, $35.0 million of trust redeemable preferred securities were issued by the Statutory Trust II as part of pooled underwriting transactions. Pooled underwriting involves participating with other bank holding companies in issuing the securities through a special purpose pooling vehicle created by the underwriters.

The proceeds from this issuance were used by the Statutory Trust II to purchase a like amount of floating rate junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures (“subordinated capital note”) issued by the Group. The subordinated capital note has a par value of $36.1 million, bears interest based on 3-month LIBOR plus 295 basis points (3.42% at March 31, 2012; 3.30% at December 31, 2011), is payable quarterly, and matures on September 17, 2033. The subordinated capital note purchased by the Statutory Trust II may be called at par after five years and quarterly thereafter (next call date June 2012). The trust redeemable preferred securities have the same maturity and call provisions as the subordinated capital notes. The subordinated deferrable interest debentures issued by the Group are accounted for as a liability denominated as subordinated capital note on the unaudited consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

49


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

The subordinated capital note is treated as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes. Under Federal Reserve Board rules, restricted core capital elements, which are qualifying trust preferred securities, qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock (and related surplus) and certain minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, are limited in the aggregate to no more than 25% of a bank holding company’s core capital elements (including restricted core capital elements), net of goodwill less any associated deferred tax liability. However, under the Dodd-Frank Act, bank holding companies are prohibited from including in their Tier 1 capital hybrid debt and equity securities, including trust preferred securities, issued on or after May 19, 2010. Any such instruments issued before May 19, 2010 by a bank holding company, such as the Group, with total consolidated assets of less than $15 billion as of December 31, 2009, may continue to be included as Tier 1 capital. Therefore, the Group is permitted to continue to include its existing trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital.

 

NOTE 12 -- RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

NOTE 12 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Bank grants loans to its directors, executive officers and to certain related individuals or organizations in the ordinary course of business. These loans are offered at the same terms as loans to unrelated third parties. The activity and balance of these loans for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

 

     Quarters Ended March 31,  
     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at the beginning of period

   $ 3,772     $ 3,452  

New loans

     1,505       —     

Repayments

     (39     (23

Credits of persons no longer considered related parties

     —          (187
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end of period

   $ 5,238     $ 3,242  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

NOTE 13 -- INCOME TAXES

NOTE 13 INCOME TAXES

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 the Group’s net deferred tax asset amounted to $33.1 million and $32.0 million, respectively. Income tax expense for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 totaled $1.9 million and $6.5 million, respectively. During the quarter ended March 31, 2011, the 2011 code had an effect on the Group’s net deferred tax asset of $5.4 million, reflected as income tax expense in the unaudited consolidated statements of operations.

At December 31, 2011, the IBE had $2.9 million in the income tax effect of unrecognized gain on available-for-sale securities included in other comprehensive income. Following the change in the IBE enacted tax rate from 5% to 0%, this remaining tax balance will flow through income as these securities are repaid or sold in future periods, due to the IBE becoming tax exempt. During the quarter ended March 31, 2012, income tax provision included $558 thousand related to this residual tax effect from the IBE.

The Group classifies unrecognized tax benefits in income taxes payable. These gross unrecognized tax benefits would affect the effective tax rate if realized. The balance of unrecognized tax benefits at March 31, 2012 was $1.4 million (December 31, 2011 - $1.4 million). On June 30, 2011, the Group settled various contingencies with the Puerto Rico Treasury Department. Following such settlements, only the 2010 and 2011 tax periods remain subject to examination by the Puerto Rico Treasury Department. It is the Group’s policy to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the provision for taxes on the unaudited consolidated statements of operations. The Group had accrued $371 thousand at March 31, 2012 (December 31, 2011 - $342 thousand) for the payment of interest and penalties relating to unrecognized tax benefits.

 

NOTE 14 -- STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

NOTE 14 STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Regulatory Capital Requirements

The Group (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Group’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Group and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. This has changed under the Dodd-Frank Act, which requires federal banking regulators to establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements, on a consolidated basis, for insured institutions, depository institutions, depository institution holding companies, and non-bank financial companies supervised by the Federal Reserve Board. The minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements are to be determined based on the minimum ratios established for insured depository institutions under prompt corrective action regulations.

 

50


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Group and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined in the regulations) and of Tier 1 capital to average assets (as defined in the regulations). As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Group and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject. As of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the FDIC categorized the Bank as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as “well capitalized,” an institution must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following tables.

The Group’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

     Actual     Minimum Capital
Requirement
 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Group Ratios

          

As of March 31, 2012

          

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

   $ 690,403        33.64   $ 164,208        8.00

Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

   $ 663,897        32.34   $ 82,104        4.00

Tier 1 Capital to Total Assets

   $ 663,897        10.25   $ 259,162        4.00

As of December 31, 2011

          

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

   $ 688,452        32.80   $ 167,929        8.00

Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

   $ 661,614        31.52   $ 83,964        4.00

Tier 1 Capital to Total Assets

   $ 661,614        9.65   $ 274,230        4.00

 

     Actual     Minimum Capital
Requirement
    Minimum to be Well
Capitalized Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Provisions
 
     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Bank Ratios

               

As of March 31, 2012

               

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

   $ 655,319        32.09   $ 163,345        8.00   $ 204,181        10.00

Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

   $ 628,947        30.80   $ 81,673        4.00   $ 122,509        6.00

Tier 1 Capital to Total Assets

   $ 628,947        9.77   $ 257,425        4.00   $ 321,781        5.00

As of December 31, 2011

               

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

   $ 643,266        30.84   $ 166,876        8.00   $ 208,595        10.00

Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

   $ 616,590        29.56   $ 83,438        4.00   $ 125,157        6.00

Tier 1 Capital to Total Assets

   $ 616,590        9.06   $ 272,177        4.00   $ 340,221        5.00

The Group’s ability to pay dividends to its shareholders and other activities can be restricted if its capital falls below levels established by the Federal Reserve Board’s guidelines. In addition, any bank holding company whose capital falls below levels specified in the guidelines can be required to implement a plan to increase capital.

 

51


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Equity-Based Compensation Plan

The Omnibus Plan provides for equity-based compensation incentives through the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and dividend equivalents, as well as equity-based performance awards. The Omnibus Plan replaced and superseded the Stock Option Plans. All outstanding stock options under the Stock Option Plans continue in full force and effect, subject to their original terms.

The activity in outstanding options for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 is set forth below:

 

     Quarters Ended March 31,  
     2012      2011  
     Number
Of
Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Number
Of
Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Beginning of period

     786,704     $ 15.02        765,989        $ 15.25  

Options granted

     204,543       11.83        69,800          11.82  

Options exercised

     (32,594     12.02        (250        10.29  

Options forfeited

     (22,500     12.00        (16,496        18.08  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

End of period

     936,153     $ 14.50        819,043        $ 14.90  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the range of exercise prices and the weighted average remaining contractual life of the options outstanding at March 31, 2012:

 

     Outstanding      Exercisable  

Range of Exercise Prices

   Number of
Options
     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted
Average
Contract Life
Remaining
(Years)
     Number of
Options
     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

$ 5.63 to $ 8.45

     12,792      $ 8.28        7.1        2,970      $ 8.28  

8.46 to 11.27

     2,000        10.29        5.4        1,000        10.29  

11.28 to 14.09

     691,876        12.06        7.8        171,933        12.32  

14.10 to 16.90

     62,035        15.60        2.4        62,035        15.60  

19.72 to 22.54

     25,050        20.68        2.9        22,925        20.57  

22.55 to 25.35

     83,350        23.99        2.0        83,350        23.99  

25.36 to 28.17

     59,050        27.46        2.6        59,050        27.46  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     936,153      $ 14.50        6.4        403,263      $ 17.89  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Aggregate Intrinsic Value

   $ 213,371            $ 34,675     
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

The average fair value of each option granted during the quarter ended March 31, 2012 was $5.41. The average fair value of each option granted was estimated at the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no restrictions and are fully transferable and negotiable in a free trading market. Black-Scholes does not consider the employment, transfer or vesting restrictions that are inherent in the Group’s stock options. Use of an option valuation model, as required by GAAP, includes highly subjective assumptions based on long-term predictions, including the expected stock price volatility and average life of each option grant.

 

52


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

The following assumptions were used in estimating the fair value of the options granted during the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Quarters Ended March 31,  
     2012     2011  

Weighted Average Assumptions:

    

Dividend yield

     1.80     1.63

Expected volatility

     51.13     59.04

Risk-free interest rate

     1.70     3.11

Expected life (in years)

     8.0       8.0  

The following table summarizes the restricted units’ activity under the Omnibus Plan for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Quarters Ended March 31,  
     2012      2011  
     Restricted
Units
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Restricted
Units
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Beginning of period

     205,149     $ 11.27        243,525        $ 13.43  

Restricted units granted

     57,350       11.85        39,500          11.82  

Restricted units lapsed

     (3,333     6.09        (45,616        20.74  

Restricted units forfeited

     —          —           (9,238        13.38  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

End of period

     259,166     $ 11.47        228,171        $ 11.69  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

Legal Surplus

The Banking Act requires that a minimum of 10% of the Bank’s net income for the year be transferred to a reserve fund until such fund (legal surplus) equals the total paid in capital on common and preferred stock. At March 31, 2012, legal surplus amounted to $51.2 million (December 31, 2011 — $50.2 million). The amount transferred to the legal surplus account is not available for the payment of dividends to shareholders.

Earnings per Common Share

The calculation of earnings per common share for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

 

     Quarters Ended March 31,  
     2012     2011  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Net income

   $ 10,653     $ 3,081  

Less: Dividends on preferred stock

     (1,201     (1,201
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income available to common shareholders

   $ 9,452     $ 1,880  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average common shares outstanding and equivalents

     41,162       46,179  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per common share - basic

   $ 0.23     $ 0.04  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per common share - diluted

   $ 0.23     $ 0.04  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, weighted-average stock options with an anti-dilutive effect on earnings per share not included in the calculation amounted to 759,493 and 572,875, respectively.

 

53


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Treasury Stock

On February 3, 2011, the Group announced that its Board of Directors had approved a stock repurchase program pursuant to which the Group was authorized to purchase in the open market up to $30 million of its outstanding shares of common stock. On June 29, 2011, the Group announced the completion of this $30 million stock repurchase program and the approval by the Board of Directors of a new program to purchase an additional $70 million of common stock in the open market.

Any shares of common stock repurchased are held by the Group as treasury shares. The Group records treasury stock purchases under the cost method whereby the entire cost of the acquired stock is recorded as treasury stock. Under the $30 million program, initiated in February 2011, the Group purchased a total of 2,406,303 shares at an average price of $12.10 per share. During 2011, the Group purchased approximately 2,783,000 shares under the $70 million program for a total of $29.4 million, at an average price of $10.57 per share. During the quarter ended March 31, 2012, the Group purchased approximately 603,000 additional shares under this program for a total of $7.0 million as of March 31, 2012, at an average price of $11.61 per share.

The following table presents the shares repurchased for each month in the quarter ended March 31, 2012, excluding the month ended January 31, 2012, during which no shares were purchased as part of the stock repurchase program:

 

Period

   Total number of
shares purchased as
part of stock
repurchase programs
     Average price paid
per share
     Dollar amount of
shares repurchased
(excluding
commissions  paid)
 
     (In thousands, except shares and per share data)  

February 2012

     276,100      $ 11.61      $ 3,206  

March 2012

     326,900        11.62        3,798  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Quarter ended March 31, 2012

     603,000      $ 11.61      $ 7,004  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The number of shares that may yet be purchased under the current $70 million program is estimated at 2,774,331, and was calculated by dividing the remaining balance of $33.6 million by $12.10 (closing price of the Group’s common stock at March 31, 2012). The Group did not purchase any shares of its common stock other than through its publicly announced stock repurchase program during the quarter ended March 31, 2012.

The activity in connection with common shares held in treasury by the Group for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 is set forth below:

 

     Quarters Ended March 31,  
     2012     2011  
     Shares     Dollar
Amount
    Shares     Dollar
Amount
 
     (In thousands, except shares data)  

Beginning of period

     6,564,124     $ 74,808       1,459,067     $ 16,732  

Common shares used for exercise of restricted stock units

     (3,333     (35     (45,616     (500

Common shares repurchased as part of the stock repurchase program

     603,000       7,022       1,028,579       12,530  

Common shares used to match defined contribution plan, net

     (12,190     (23     (9,136     (16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of period

     7,151,601     $ 81,772       2,432,894     $ 28,746  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

54


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income tax, as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 consisted of:

 

     March 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 
     (In thousands)  

Unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale which are not other-than-temporarily impaired

   $ 80,988     $ 86,404  

Income tax effect of unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale

     (7,045     (7,160

Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges

     (49,426     (47,425

Income tax effect of unrealized loss on cash flow hedges

     5,581       5,312  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 30,098     $ 37,131  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

NOTE 15 COMMITMENTS

NOTE 15 COMMITMENTS

Loan Commitments

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, there were $126.5 million and $106.1 million in loan commitments, respectively, which represents unused lines of credit and letters of credit provided to customers. These lines of credit had a reserve of $545 thousand and $518 thousand at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates, bear variable interest and may require payment of a fee. Since the commitments may expire unexercised, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Group evaluates each customer’s credit-worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Group upon the extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Commitments for loans covered under the FDIC shared-loss agreements amounted to $28.9 million and $31.1 million at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, commitments to sell or securitize mortgage loans amounted to approximately $78.4 million and $66.1 million, respectively.

Lease Commitments

The Group has entered into various operating lease agreements for branch facilities and administrative offices. Rent expense for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 amounted to $1.6 million in both periods and is included in the “occupancy and equipment” caption in the unaudited consolidated statements of operations. Future rental commitments under leases in effect at March 31, 2012, exclusive of taxes, insurance, and maintenance expenses payable by the Group, are summarized as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,

   Minimum
Rent
 
     (In thousands)  

2012

   $ 3,440  

2013

     4,572  

2014

     4,569  

2015

     4,323  

2016

     3,741  

Thereafter

     17,259  
  

 

 

 
   $ 37,904  
  

 

 

 

 

55


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

NOTE 16 CONTINGENCIES

The Group and its subsidiaries are defendants in a number of legal proceedings incidental to their business. In the ordinary course of business, the Group and its subsidiaries are also subject to governmental and regulatory examinations. Certain subsidiaries of the Group, including a bank, a registered broker-dealer, and an insurance agency, are subject to regulation by various U.S., Puerto Rico and other regulators.

The Group seeks to resolve all litigation and regulatory matters in the manner management believes is in the best interests of the Group and its shareholders, and contests liability, allegations of wrongdoing and, where applicable, the amount of damages or scope of any penalties or other relief sought as appropriate in each pending matter.

Subject to the accounting and disclosure framework under the provisions of ASC 450, it is the opinion of the Group’s management, based on current knowledge and after taking into account its current legal accruals that the eventual outcome of all matters would not be likely to have a material adverse effect on the unaudited consolidated financial condition of the Group. Nonetheless, given the substantial or indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these matters, and the inherent unpredictability of such matters, an adverse outcome in certain of these matters could, from time to time, have a material adverse effect on the Group’s unaudited consolidated results of operations or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods. The Group has evaluated all litigation and regulatory matters where the likelihood of a potential loss is deemed reasonably possible. The Group has determined that the estimate of the reasonably possible loss is not significant.

 

56


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

 

NOTE 17 FAIR VALUE

NOTE 17 FAIR VALUE

As discussed in Note 1, the Group follows the fair value measurement framework under GAAP.

Fair Value Measurement

The fair value measurement framework defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. This framework also establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs previously described that may be used to measure fair value.

Money market investments

The fair value of money market investments is based on the carrying amounts reflected in the unaudited consolidated statements of financial condition as these are reasonable estimates of fair value given the short-term nature of the instruments.

Investment securities

The fair value of investment securities is based on quoted market prices, when available, or market prices provided by recognized broker-dealers. If listed prices or quotes are not available, fair value is based upon externally developed models that use both observable and unobservable inputs depending on the market activity of the instrument. Structured credit investments are classified as Level 3. The estimated fair value of the structured credit investments are determined by using a third-party cash flow valuation model to calculate the present value of projected future cash flows. The assumptions, which are highly uncertain and require a high degree of judgment, include primarily market discount rates, current spreads, duration, leverage, default, home price depreciation, and loss rates. The assumptions used are drawn from a wide array of data sources, including the performance of the collateral underlying each deal. The external-based valuation, which is obtained at least on a quarterly basis, is analyzed and its assumptions are evaluated and incorporated in either an internal-based valuation model when deemed necessary or compared to counterparties’ prices, and agreed by management.

Derivative instruments

The fair value of the forward-starting interest rate swaps is largely a function of the financial market’s expectations regarding the future direction of interest rates. Accordingly, current market values are not necessarily indicative of the future impact of derivative instruments on earnings. This will depend, for the most part, on the shape of the yield curve, the level of interest rates, as well as the expectations for rates in the future. The fair value of most of these derivative instruments is based on observable market parameters, which include discounting the instruments’ cash flows using the U.S. dollar LIBOR-based discount rates, and also applying yield curves that account for the industry sector and the credit rating of the counterparty and/or the Group.

Certain other derivative instruments with limited market activity are valued using externally developed models that consider unobservable market parameters. Based on their valuation methodology, derivative instruments are classified as Level 3. The Group offers its customers certificates of deposit with an option tied to the performance of the S&P Index and uses equity indexed option agreements with major broker-dealer companies to manage its exposure to changes in this index. Their fair value is obtained through the use of an external based valuation that was thoroughly evaluated and adopted by management as its measurement tool for these options. The payoff of these options is linked to the average value of the S&P Index on a specific set of dates during the life of the option. The methodology uses an average rate option or a cash-settled option whose payoff is based on the difference between the expected average value of the S&P Index during the remaining life of the option and the strike price at inception. The assumptions, which are uncertain and require a degree of judgment, include primarily S&P Index volatility, forward interest rate projections, estimated index dividend payout, and leverage.

Servicing assets

Servicing assets do not trade in an active market with readily observable prices. Servicing assets are priced using a discounted cash flow model. The valuation model considers servicing fees, portfolio characteristics, prepayment assumptions, delinquency rates, late charges, other ancillary revenues, cost to service and other economic factors. Due to the unobservable nature of certain valuation inputs, the servicing rights are classified as Level 3.

 

57


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Loans receivable considered impaired that are collateral dependent

The impairment is measured based on the fair value of the collateral, which is derived from appraisals that take into consideration prices in observed transactions involving similar assets in similar locations, in accordance with the provisions of ASC 310-10-35. Currently, the associated loans considered impaired are classified as Level 3.

Foreclosed real estate

Foreclosed real estate includes real estate properties securing residential mortgage and commercial loans. The fair value of foreclosed real estate may be determined using an external appraisal, broker price option or an internal valuation. These foreclosed assets are classified as Level 3 given certain internal adjustments that may be made to external appraisals.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis, including financial liabilities for which the Group has elected the fair value option, are summarized below:

 

     March 31, 2012  
     Fair Value Measurements  
     Level 1      Level 2     Level 3     Total  
     (In thousands)  

Recurring fair value measurements:

         

Investment securities available-for-sale

   $ —         $ 2,632,891     $ 39,525     $ 2,672,416  

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     —           170,000       —          170,000  

Money market investments

     3,964        —          —          3,964  

Derivative assets

     —           —          12,515       12,515  

Servicing assets

     —           —          10,725       10,725  

Derivative liabilities

     —           (49,426     (12,138     (61,564
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 3,964      $ 2,753,465     $ 50,627     $ 2,808,056  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-recurring fair value measurements:

         

Impaired commercial loans

   $ —         $ —        $ 43,505     $ 43,505  

Foreclosed real estate

     —           —          28,537       28,537  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ —         $ —        $ 72,042     $ 72,042  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Fair Value Measurements  
     Level 1      Level 2     Level 3     Total  
     (In thousands)  

Recurring fair value measurements:

         

Investment securities available-for-sale

   $ —         $ 2,912,600     $ 47,312     $ 2,959,912  

Money market investments

     3,863        —          —          3,863  

Derivative assets

     —           —          9,317       9,317  

Servicing assets

     —           —          10,454       10,454  

Derivative liabilities

     —           (47,425     (9,362     (56,787
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 3,863      $ 2,865,175     $ 57,721     $ 2,926,759  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-recurring fair value measurements:

         

Impaired commercial loans

   $ —         $ —        $ 46,364     $ 46,364  

Foreclosed real estate

     —           —          27,679       27,679  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ —         $ —        $ 74,043     $ 74,043  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

58


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

The table below presents reconciliation for all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Quarter Ended March 31, 2012  
     Investment securities available-for-sale                           
Level 3 Instruments Only    CDO’s     CLO’s      Obligations of
Puerto Rico
Government
and political
subdivisions
    Derivative
asset
(S&P
Purchased
Options)
     Servicing
assets
    Derivative
liability
(S&P
Embedded
Options)
    Total  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 10,530     $ 26,758      $ 10,024     $ 9,317      $ 10,454     $ (9,362   $ 57,721  

Gains (losses) included in earnings

     —          —           —          3,198        —          (3,154     44  

Changes in fair value of investment securities available for sale included in other comprehensive income

     —          2,869        (141     —           —          —          2,728  

New instruments acquired

     —          —           —          —           420       —          420  

Principal repayments

     —          16        —          —           (234     —          (218

Amortization

     —          —           (1     —           —          378       377  

Sales of instruments

     (10,530     —           —          —           —          —          (10,530

Changes in fair value of servicing assets

     —          —           —          —           85       —          85  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ —        $ 29,643      $ 9,882     $ 12,515      $ 10,725     $ (12,138   $ 50,627  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Quarter Ended March 31, 2011  
     Investment securities available-for-sale                           
Level 3 Instruments Only    CDO’s      CLO’s      Obligations of
Puerto Rico
Government
and political
subdivisions
    Derivative
asset
(S&P
Purchased
Options)
     Servicing
assets
    Derivative
liability
(S&P
Embedded
Options)
    Total  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 16,143      $ 25,550      $ —        $ 9,870      $ 9,695     $ (12,830   $ 48,428  

Gains (losses) included in earnings

     —           —           —          1,749        —          (564     1,185  

Changes in fair value of investment securities available for sale included in other comprehensive income

     237        3,232        (52     —           —          —          3,417  

New instruments acquired

     —           —           10,005       145        520       (1,353     9,317  

Principal repayments, sales, and amortization

     —           —           —          —           (608     431       (177

Changes in fair value of servicing assets

     —           —           —          —           356       —          356  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 16,380      $ 28,782      $ 9,953     $ 11,764      $ 9,963     $ (14,316   $ 62,526  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Although there were purchases and sales of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, there were no transfers into and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements during the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

59


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

The table below presents qualitative information for all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) at March 31, 2012:

 

     March 31, 2012
     Fair Value    

Valuation Technique

  

Unobservable Input

   Range
     (In thousands)                

Investment securities

          

available-for-sale:

          

CLOs

   $ 29,643      Discounted cash flow    Prepayment rate    10% static
        Probability of default    2% - 29%
        Loss severity    44% -  55%

Obligations of Puerto Rico

          

Government and political

          

subdivisions

   $ 9,882      Market comparable bonds    Indicative pricing    100.4% - 107.7%
        OAS spread    158.5% - 379.1%
        Yield to maturity    2.0% - 4.1%
        Spread to maturity    157.7% - 375.4%

Derivative asset (S&P Purchased

          

Options)

   $ 12,515      Option pricing model    Implied option volatility    12.2% - 34.5%
        Counterparty credit risk (based on 5-year CDS spread)    95.9% - 314.8%

Servicing assets

   $ 10,725      Cash flow valuation    Constant prepayment rate    9.76% - 33.05%
        Discount rate    10.50% - 15.11%

Derivative liability (S&P

          

Embedded Options)

   $ (12,138   Option pricing model    Implied option volatility    12.2% - 34.5%
        Counterparty credit risk (based on 5-year CDS spread)    95.9% - 314.8%

Information about Sensitivity to Changes in Significant Unobservable Inputs

CLOs – The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Group’s CLOs are prepayment rates, probability of default, and loss severity in the event of default. Significant increases (decreases) in any of those inputs in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Generally, a change in the assumption used for the probability of default is accompanied by a directionally similar change in the assumption used for the loss severity and a directionally, although not equally proportional, opposite change in the assumption used for prepayment rates.

Obligations of Puerto Rico Government and political subdivisions – The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of one of the Group’s obligations of Puerto Rico Government and political subdivisions are indicative comparable pricing, OAS spread, yield to maturity, and spread to maturity. Significant increases (decreases) in any of those inputs in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Generally, a change in the assumption used for indicative comparable pricing is accompanied by a directionally opposite change in the assumption used for OAS spread and a directionally, although not equally proportional, opposite change in the assumptions used for yield to maturity and spread to maturity.

Derivative asset (S&P Purchased Options) – The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of Group’s derivative assets related to S&P purchased options are implied option volatility and counterparty credit risk. Significant increases (decreases) in any of those inputs in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Generally, a change in the assumption used for implied option volatility is not necessarily accompanied by directionally similar or opposite changes in the assumption used for counterparty credit risk.

Servicing assets – The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Group’s servicing assets are constant prepayment rates and discount rates. Changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, increases in market interest rates may result in lower prepayments), which may magnify or offset the sensitivities. Mortgage banking activities, a component of total banking and wealth management revenues in the unaudited consolidated statements of operations, include the changes from period to period in the fair value of the mortgage loan servicing rights, which may result from changes in the valuation model inputs or assumptions (principally reflecting changes in discount rates and prepayment speed assumptions) and other changes, including changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows.

Derivative liability (S&P Embedded Options) – The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of Group’s derivative liability related to S&P purchased options are implied option volatility and counterparty credit risk. Significant increases (decreases) in any of those inputs in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Generally, a change in the assumption used for implied option volatility is not necessarily accompanied by directionally similar or opposite changes in the assumption used for counterparty credit risk.

The table below presents a detail of investment securities available-for-sale classified as level 3 at March 31, 2012:

 

     March 31, 2012  

Type

   Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized
Gains
Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
    Fair Value      Weighted
Average
Yield
    Principal
Protection
 
     (In thousands)  

Obligations of Puerto Rico Government and political subdivisions

   $ 10,000      $ (118   $ 9,882        3.50     N/A   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Structured credit investments

            

CLO

     15,000        (2,856     12,144        2.65     7.54

CLO

     11,979        (2,235     9,744        2.08     26.18

CLO

     9,412        (1,657     7,755        1.57     20.64
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   
     36,391        (6,748     29,643        2.18  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

   $ 46,391      $ (6,866   $ 39,525        2.47  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

60


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The information about the estimated fair value of financial instruments required by GAAP is presented hereunder. The aggregate fair value amounts presented do not necessarily represent management’s estimate of the underlying value of the Group.

The estimated fair value is subjective in nature and involves uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could affect these fair value estimates. The fair value estimates do not take into consideration the value of future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments. Other significant tangible and intangible assets that are not considered financial instruments are the value of long-term customer relationships of the retail deposits, and premises and equipment.

The estimated fair value and carrying value of the Group’s financial instruments at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

     March 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  
     Fair
Value
     Carrying
Value
     Fair
Value
     Carrying
Value
 
     (In thousands)  

Level 1

           

Financial Assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 453,997      $ 453,997      $ 605,477      $ 605,477  

Level 2

           

Financial Assets:

           

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     170,000        170,000        —           —     

Trading securities

     364        364        180        180  

Investment securities available-for-sale

     2,632,891        2,632,891        2,912,600        2,912,600  

Investment securities held-to-maturity

     969,400        948,490        904,556        884,026  

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock

     23,779        23,779        23,779        23,779  

Financial Liabilities:

           

Derivative liabilities

     49,426        49,426        47,425        47,425  

Level 3

           

Financial Assets:

           

Investment securities available-for-sale

     39,525        39,525        47,312        47,312  

Total loans (including loans held-for-sale)

           

Non-covered loans, net

     1,217,203        1,194,732        1,211,539        1,173,677  

Covered loans, net

     552,524        461,759        584,110        496,276  

Derivative assets

     12,515        12,515        9,317        9,317  

FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset

     300,161        378,444        312,957        392,367  

Accrued interest receivable

     18,750        18,750        20,182        20,182  

Servicing assets

     10,725        10,725        10,454        10,454  

Financial Liabilities:

           

Deposits

     2,301,926        2,274,568        2,527,432        2,395,267  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     3,125,721        3,056,165        3,092,122        3,056,238  

Advances from FHLB

     285,971        281,713        285,663        281,753  

FDIC-guaranteed term notes

     —           —           105,752        105,834  

Subordinated capital notes

     36,083        36,083        36,083        36,083  

Short term borrowings

     43,564        43,564        39,920        39,920  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     30,624        30,624        35,476        35,476  

 

61


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values of significant financial instruments at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

   

Cash and cash equivalents, money market investments, time deposits with other banks, accrued interest receivable and payable, securities purchased under agreements to resell, accrued expenses and other liabilities have been valued at the carrying amounts reflected in the unaudited consolidated statements of financial condition as these are reasonable estimates of fair value given the short-term nature of the instruments.

 

   

Investments in FHLB stock are valued at their redemption value.

 

   

The fair value of investment securities is based on quoted market prices, when available, or market prices provided by recognized broker dealers. If listed prices or quotes are not available, fair value is based upon externally developed models that use both observable and unobservable inputs depending on the market activity of the instrument. The estimated fair value of the structured credit investments is determined by using a third-party cash flow valuation model to calculate the present value of projected future cash flows. The assumptions used, which are highly uncertain and require a high degree of judgment, include primarily market discount rates, current spreads, duration, leverage, default, home price depreciation, and loss rates. The assumptions used are drawn from a wide array of data sources, including the performance of the collateral underlying each deal. The external-based valuation, which is obtained at least on a quarterly basis, is analyzed and its assumptions are evaluated and incorporated in either an internal-based valuation model when deemed necessary or compared to counterparties prices and agreed by management.

 

   

The FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset is measured separately from each of the covered asset categories as it is not contractually embedded in any of the covered asset categories. The fair value of the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset represents the present value of the estimated cash payments (net of amount owed to the FDIC) expected to be received from the FDIC for future losses on covered assets based on the credit assumptions on estimated cash flows for each covered asset pool and the loss sharing percentages. The ultimate collectability of the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset is dependent upon the performance of the underlying covered loans, the passage of time and claims paid by the FDIC which are impacted by the Bank’s adherence to certain guidelines established by the FDIC.

 

   

The fair value of servicing assets is estimated by using a cash flow valuation model which calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and other economic factors, which are determined based on current market conditions.

 

   

The fair values of the derivative instruments are provided by valuation experts and counterparties. Certain derivatives with limited market activity are valued using externally developed models that consider unobservable market parameters. The Group offers its customers certificates of deposit with an option tied to the performance of the S&P Index, and uses equity indexed option agreements with major broker-dealer companies to manage its exposure to changes in this index. Their fair value is obtained through the use of an external based valuation that was thoroughly evaluated and adopted by management as its measurement tool for these options. The payoff of these options is linked to the average value of the S&P Index on a specific set of dates during the life of the option. The methodology uses an average rate option or a cash-settled option whose payoff is based on the difference between the expected average value of the S&P Index during the remaining life of the option and the strike price at inception. The assumptions, which are uncertain and require a degree of judgment, include primarily S&P Index volatility, forward interest rate projections, estimated index dividend payout, and leverage.

 

   

Fair value of interest rate swaps and forward-settlement swaps are based on the net discounted value of the contractual projected cash flows of both the pay-fixed receive-variable legs of the contracts. The projected cash flows are based on the forward yield curve, and discounted using current estimated market rates.

 

   

The fair value of the covered and non-covered loan portfolio (including loans held-for-sale) is estimated by segregating by type, such as mortgage, commercial, consumer, and leasing. Each loan segment is further segmented into fixed and adjustable interest rates and by performing and non-performing categories. The fair value of performing loans is calculated by discounting contractual cash flows, adjusted for prepayment estimates (voluntary and involuntary), if any, using estimated current market discount rates that reflect the credit and interest rate risk inherent in the loan. This fair value is not currently an indication of an exit price as that type of assumption could result in a different fair value estimate.

 

62


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

   

The fair value of demand deposits and savings accounts is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of the contractual cash flows, using estimated current market discount rates for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

 

   

For short-term borrowings, the carrying amount is considered a reasonable estimate of fair value. The subordinated capital notes have a par value of $36.1 million, and bear interest based on 3-month LIBOR plus 295 basis points (3.42% at March 31, 2012; 3.30% at December 31, 2011), payable quarterly. The fair value of long-term borrowings is based on the discounted value of the contractual cash flows, using current estimated market discount rates for borrowings with similar terms and remaining maturities and put dates.

 

   

The fair value of commitments to extend credit and unused lines of credit is based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standings.

NOTE 18 — SEGMENT REPORTING

The Group segregates its businesses into the following major reportable segments of business: Banking, Wealth Management, and Treasury. Management established the reportable segments based on the internal reporting used to evaluate performance and to assess where to allocate resources. Other factors such as the Group’s organization, nature of its products, distribution channels and economic characteristics of the products were also considered in the determination of the reportable segments. The Group measures the performance of these reportable segments based on pre-established goals of different financial parameters such as net income, net interest income, loan production, and fees generated. The Group’s methodology for allocating non-interest expenses among segments is based on several factors such as revenues, employee headcount, occupied space, dedicated services or time, among others. These factors are reviewed on a periodical basis and may change if the conditions warrant.

Banking includes the Bank’s branches and mortgage banking, with traditional banking products such as deposits and mortgage, commercial and consumer loans. Mortgage banking activities are carried out by the Bank’s mortgage banking division, whose principal activity is to originate mortgage loans for the Group’s own portfolio. As part of its mortgage banking activities, the Group may sell loans directly into the secondary market or securitize conforming loans into mortgage-backed securities.

Wealth Management is comprised of the Bank’s trust division (Oriental Trust), the broker-dealer subsidiary (Oriental Financial Services Corp.), the insurance agency subsidiary (Oriental Insurance, Inc.), and the pension plan administration subsidiary (Caribbean Pension Consultants, Inc.). The core operations of this segment are financial planning, money management and investment banking, brokerage services, insurance sales activity, corporate and individual trust and retirement services, as well as pension plan administration services.

The Treasury segment encompasses all of the Group’s asset/liability management activities such as: purchases and sales of investment securities, interest rate risk management, derivatives, and borrowings. Intersegment sales and transfers, if any, are accounted for as if the sales or transfers were to third parties, that is, at current market prices. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” included in the Group’s annual report on Form 10-K.

 

63


ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Following are the results of operations and the selected financial information by operating segment as of and for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     March 31, 2012  
     Banking     Wealth
Management
    Treasury     Total Major
Segments
    Eliminations     Consolidated
Total
 
     (In thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 39,665     $ —        $ 30,254     $ 69,919     $ —        $ 69,919  

Interest expense

     (6,532     —          (24,525     (31,057     —          (31,057
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     33,133       —          5,729       38,862       —          38,862  

Provision for non-covered loan and lease losses

     (3,000     —          —          (3,000     —          (3,000

Provision for covered loan and lease losses, net

     (7,157     —          —          (7,157     —          (7,157

Non-interest income

     478       5,790       6,702       12,970       —          12,970  

Non-interest expenses

     (22,274     (4,888     (1,923     (29,085     —          (29,085

Intersegment revenues

     403       —          —          403       (403     —     

Intersegment expenses

     —          (308     (95     (403     403       —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   $ 1,583     $ 594     $ 10,413     $ 12,590     $ —        $ 12,590  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,248,441     $ 15,230     $ 3,898,848     $ 7,162,519     $ (701,164   $ 6,461,355  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     March 31, 2011  
     Banking     Wealth
Management
    Treasury     Total Major
Segments
    Eliminations     Consolidated
Total
 
     (In thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 32,184     $ —        $ 45,850     $ 78,034     $ —        $ 78,034  

Interest expense

     (9,326     —          (31,431     (40,757     —          (40,757
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     22,858       —          14,419       37,277       —          37,277  

Provision for non-covered loan and lease losses

     (3,800     —          —          (3,800     —          (3,800

Provision for covered loan and lease losses, net

     (549     —          —          (549     —          (549

Non-interest income (loss)

     6,600       4,752       (3,947     7,405       —          7,405  

Non-interest expenses

     (24,231     (4,017     (2,532     (30,780     —          (30,780

Intersegment revenues

     412       —          —          412       (412     —     

Intersegment expenses

     —          (288     (124     (412     412       —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   $ 1,290     $ 447     $ 7,816     $ 9,553     $ —        $ 9,553  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,207,489     $ 12,329     $ 4,673,141     $ 7,892,959     $ (716,700   $ 7,176,259  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

64


Item 2 — MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

 

     Quarters Ended March 31,  
     2012     2011     Variance
%
 

EARNINGS DATA:

      

Interest income

   $ 69,919     $ 78,034       -10.4

Interest expense

     31,057       40,757       -23.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     38,862       37,277       4.3

Provision for non-covered loan and lease losses

     3,000       3,800       -21.1

Provision for covered loan and lease losses, net

     7,157       549       1203.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision for loan and lease losses, net

     10,157       4,349       133.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

     28,705       32,928       -12.8

Non-interest income

     12,970       7,405       75.2

Non-interest expenses

     29,085       30,780       -5.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before taxes

     12,590       9,553       31.8

Income tax expense

     1,937       6,472       -70.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

     10,653       3,081       245.8

Less: Dividends on preferred stock

     (1,201     (1,201     0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income available to common shareholders

   $ 9,452     $ 1,880       402.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

PER SHARE DATA:

      

Basic

   $ 0.23     $ 0.04       475.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.23     $ 0.04       475.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average common shares outstanding and equivalents

     41,162       46,179       -10.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value per common share

   $ 15.27     $ 14.22       7.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible book value per common share

   $ 15.17     $ 14.13       7.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Market price at end of period

   $ 12.10     $ 12.55       -3.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash dividends declared per common share

   $ 0.06     $ 0.05       20.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash dividends declared on common shares

   $ 2,442     $ 2,269       7.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

PERFORMANCE RATIOS:

      

Return on average assets (ROA)

     0.65     0.17     282.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average common equity (ROE)

     6.02     1.14     428.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity-to-assets ratio

     10.67     9.94     7.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio

     57.55     64.79     -11.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expense ratio

     1.16     1.24     -6.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest rate spread

     2.52     2.22     13.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest rate margin

     2.59     2.26     14.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

65


SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

 

     March 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
    Variance
%
 

PERIOD END BALANCES AND CAPITAL RATIOS:

      

Investments and loans

      

Investments securities

   $ 3,645,118     $ 3,867,970       -5.8

Loans and leases not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC, net

     1,194,732       1,173,677       1.8

Loans and leases covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC, net

     461,759       496,276       -7.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments and loans

   $ 5,301,609     $ 5,537,923       -4.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deposits and borrowings

      

Deposits

   $ 2,274,567     $ 2,395,267       -5.0

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     3,056,165       3,056,238       0.0

Other borrowings

     361,360       463,590       -22.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits and borrowings

   $ 5,692,092     $ 5,915,095       -3.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

      

Preferred stock

   $ 68,000     $ 68,000       0.0

Common stock

     47,841       47,809       0.0

Additional paid-in capital

     499,786       499,096       0.1

Legal surplus

     51,246       50,178       2.3

Retained earnings

     74,091       68,149       9.5

Treasury stock, at cost

     (81,772     (74,808     -9.3

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     30,098       37,131       -18.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 689,290     $ 695,555       -0.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital ratios

      

Leverage capital

     10.25     9.65     4.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 risk-based capital

     32.34     31.52     2.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total risk-based capital

     33.64     32.80     2.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets

     29.03     28.28     2.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial assets managed

      

Trust assets managed

   $ 2,372,129     $ 2,216,088       7.0

Broker-dealer assets gathered

     2,058,331       1,926,147       6.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets managed

   $ 4,430,460     $ 4,142,235       7.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

66


OVERVIEW OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

The following discussion of the Group’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the foregoing “Selected Financial Data” and the Group’s unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements. Please see “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements.

The Group is a publicly-owned financial holding company that provides a full range of banking and wealth management services through its subsidiaries. It provides comprehensive banking and wealth management services through a complete range of banking and financial solutions, including mortgage, commercial and consumer lending; leasing; checking and savings accounts; financial planning, insurance, wealth management, and investment brokerage; and corporate and individual trust and retirement services. The Group operates through three major business segments: Banking, Wealth Management, and Treasury, and distinguishes itself based on quality service and marketing efforts focused on mid and high net worth individuals and families, including professionals and owners of small and mid-sized businesses, primarily in Puerto Rico. The Group has 30 financial centers in Puerto Rico and a subsidiary in Boca Raton, Florida. The Group’s long-term goal is to strengthen its banking and wealth management franchise by expanding its lending businesses, increasing the level of integration in the marketing and delivery of banking and wealth management services, maintaining effective asset-liability management, growing non-interest revenues from banking and wealth management services, and improving operating efficiencies.

The Group’s diversified mix of businesses and products generates both the interest income traditionally associated with a banking institution and non-interest income traditionally associated with a financial services institution (generated by such businesses as securities brokerage, fiduciary services, investment banking, insurance and retirement plan administration). Although all of these businesses, to varying degrees, are affected by interest rate and financial market fluctuations and other external factors, the Group’s commitment is to continue producing a balanced and growing revenue stream.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2012, the Group continued to perform well despite the turbulent credit market and the recession in Puerto Rico. The Group continued to move away from its reliance on the investment securities portfolio by improving interest income from the Group’s loan portfolio prior to the provision for loan and lease losses. The Group also continued to effectively manage its non-interest expenses and to implement the share repurchase program. Complementary to the Group’s focus in growing the commercial lending business, the Group achieved a noticeable improvement in asset quality, resulting in a reduction in non-performing non-covered loans and a reduction in higher cost wholesale deposits.

Operating revenues for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 increased 16.0%, or $7.1 million, to $51.8 million from the same period in 2011. Following is a tabular presentation of the Group’s operating revenues for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Quarters Ended March 31,  
     2012      2011  
     (in thousands)  

OPERATING REVENUE

     

Net interest income

   $ 38,862      $ 37,277  

Non-interest income, net

     12,970        7,405  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating revenues

   $ 51,832      $ 44,682  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest Income

Total interest income for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 decreased 10.4%, as compared to the same period in 2011, to $69.9 million. Such decrease primarily reflects a 34.0% decrease on interest income from investments, related to an increase in premium amortization due to an increase in prepayment speeds caused by historically low interest rates, and a lower balance in the investment securities portfolio.

The decrease in interest income on investments was mitigated by an increase in interest income from covered loans from $14.2 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 to $21.5 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012. Also, the yield on covered loans increased from 9.30% for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 to 17.52% for the quarter ended March 31, 2012. Covered loans are accounted for under the provisions of ASC 310-30. This increase in yield is the result of the Group’s assessment in 2011 of higher projected cash flows on certain pools of covered loans, as credit losses are expected to be lower than initially estimated for these loan pools. The accretable yield amounted to $174.9 million at March 31, 2012 compared to $130.5 million at March 31, 2011. Interest income from non-covered loans remained level.

 

 

67


Interest Expense

Total interest expense for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 fell 23.8% to $31.1 million as compared to the same period in 2011. This reflects the lower cost of both securities sold under agreements to repurchase (2.30% vs. 2.79%) and deposits (1.58% vs. 1.91%).

In December 2011, as previously reported, $600 million in repurchase agreements, with an average cost of 4.23%, matured. The Group paid off $300 million of these repurchase agreements. The remaining balance of $300 million was renewed for an average period of approximately three and a half years at an effective fixed rate of 2.36%. As a result of the aforementioned transactions, total interest expense on securities sold under agreements to repurchase declined 27.3% as compared to March 31, 2011.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 was $38.9 million, up 4.2% from the same period in 2011. Such increase primarily reflects a 51.4% increase in interest income from covered loans, mainly as a result of their continued improved performance.

Net interest margin of 2.59% for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 increased 33 basis points from the same period in 2011.

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

Provision for non-covered loans for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 decreased 21.1% as compared to the same period in 2011. Provision for covered loans for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 was $7.2 million, reflecting the Group’s revision to the expected cash flows in the covered loan portfolio considering actual experiences and changes in the Group’s expectations for the remaining terms of the loan pools. During this quarter, some construction and development and commercial real estate loan pools underperformed, which required the aforementioned provision, net of the estimated reimbursement from the FDIC.

Non-Interest Income

The Group’s niche market approach to the integrated delivery of services to mid and high net worth clients performed well as the Group expanded market share in light of the FDIC-assisted acquisition and the Group’s service proposition and capital strength, as opposed to using rates to attract loans or deposits. During the quarter ended March 31, 2012, core banking and wealth management revenues increased 14.2% to $11.7 million as compared to the same period in 2011, primarily reflecting a $1.2 million increase in wealth management revenues to $5.9 million, due to an increase of 9.7% in assets under management.

The net amortization of the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset of $4.8 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, compared to net accretion of $1.2 million for the same period in 2011, resulted from the ongoing evaluation of expected cash flows of the loan portfolio acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition of Eurobank, which resulted in reduced losses expected to be collected from the FDIC and the improved re-yielding of the accretable yield on the covered loans. This reduction in claimable losses amortizes the shared-loss indemnification asset through the life of shared-loss agreements. This amortization is net of the accretion of the discount recorded to reflect the expected claimable loss at its net present value.

Results for the year also include a $7.4 million gain on the sale of investment securities with a book value of $202.8 million as the Group took advantage of market opportunities.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2012, losses from derivatives activities decreased to $1 thousand from losses of $4.0 million for the same period in 2011. The losses in 2011 included realized losses of $4.3 million due to the terminations of forward settlement swaps with a notional amount of $1.25 billion. These terminations allowed the Group to enter into new forward-settlement swap contracts with a notional amount of $950 million, designated as cash flow hedges.

 

68


Non-Interest Expenses

Due to effective cost controls, non-interest expenses decreased 5.5% to $29.1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, compared to $30.8 million in the previous year quarter, resulting in an efficiency ratio of 57.55% for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 (compared to 64.79% for the quarter ended March 31, 2011).

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense was $1.9 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, compared to $6.5 million for the same period in 2011. This decrease was mainly due to the $5.4 million income tax expense recorded during the quarter ended March 31, 2011 related to the re-measurement of the net deferred tax assets due to a reduction in the marginal corporate income tax rates from 40.95% to 30%.

At December 31, 2011, the IBE had $2.9 million in the income tax effect of unrecognized gain on available-for-sale securities included in other comprehensive income. Following the change in the IBE enacted tax rate from 5% to 0%, this remaining tax balance will flow through income as these securities are repaid or sold in future periods, due to the IBE becoming tax exempt. During the quarter ended March 31, 2012, income tax provision included $558 thousand related to this residual tax effect from the IBE.

Income Available to Common Shareholders

For the quarter ended March 31, 2012, the Group’s income available to common shareholders amounted to $9.5 million, compared to $1.9 million for the same period in 2011 . Earnings per basic and fully diluted common share were $0.23 for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, compared to income per basic and fully diluted common share of $0.04 for the quarter ended March 31, 2011.

Interest Earning Assets

The investment portfolio amounted to $3.645 billion at March 31, 2012, a 5.8% decrease compared to $3.868 billion at December 31, 2011, while the loan portfolio decreased 0.8% to $1.656 billion at March 31, 2012, compared to $1.670 billion at December 31, 2011. The decrease in the investment portfolio reflects a reduction of 9.7%, or $287.5 million, in the available-for-sale portfolio, due to the sale of approximately $202.8 million in investment securities, which was partially offset by an increase of 7.3%, or $64.5 million, in the held-to-maturity portfolio. The decrease in the loan portfolio is mostly due to an increase of $19.2 million, in the allowance for loan and lease losses on covered loans. In addition, the loan portfolio had a decrease in covered loans of 2.9% as they continue to be repaid, which was partially offset by an increase of 1.8% in non-covered loans.

In January 2012, the Group made the strategic decision to sell a $26.0 million collateralized debt obligation at a loss of $15.0 million. This loss was accounted for as other-than-temporary impairment in the fourth quarter of 2011, and no additional gain or loss was realized on such sale since this asset was sold at the same value reflected at December 31, 2011.

Interest Bearing Liabilities

Total deposits amounted to $2.275 billion at March 31, 2012, a decrease of 5.0% compared to $2.395 billion at December 31, 2011. Core retail deposits, which exclude institutional and brokered deposits, remained approximately level compared to December 31, 2011, while wholesale deposits decreased 24.9% as higher cost deposits matured during the year. Interest-bearing savings and demand deposits increased 1.8%, while non-interest bearing demand deposits and retail deposits decreased 4.9% and 1.0%, respectively.

Using available cash, in March 2012, the Group’s banking subsidiary repaid at maturity the $105.0 million in senior unsecured notes issued in March 2009 under the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP ”) with an all-in cost of 3.75%. Due to the repayment of the TLGP notes, total borrowings decreased 2.9% to $3.418 billion at March 31, 2012, compared to $3.520 billion at December 31, 2011.

Stockholders’ Equity

Stockholders’ equity at March 31, 2012 was $689.3 million, compared to $695.6 million at December 31, 2011, a decrease of 0.9%. This decrease reflects stock repurchases under the active stock repurchase program, partially offset by the net income for the quarter.

There were 40.7 million common shares outstanding at March 31, 2012, a decrease of 1.3% from December 31, 2011 due to the stock repurchases under the Group’s stock repurchase program. On June 29, 2011, the Group announced the adoption of a program to purchase $70 million in shares in the open market. Under such program, the Group purchased approximately 603,000 shares at an average price of $11.61 per share during the quarter ended March 31, 2012. Approximately $33 million remains available for purchases under the $70 million program as of March 31, 2012. In 2011, the Group purchased approximately 5.2 million shares at an average price of $11.28 per share.

Book value per share was $15.27 at March 31, 2012 compared to $15.22 at December 31, 2011.

 

69


The Group maintains capital ratios in excess of regulatory requirements. At March 31, 2012, Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio was 10.25% (2.56 times the requirement of 4.00%), Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio was 32.34% (8.09 times the requirement of 4.00%), and Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio was 33.64% (4.20 times the requirement of 8.00%).

Return on Average Assets and Common Equity

Return on average common equity (“ROE”) for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 was 6.02%, up from 1.14% for the quarter ended March 31, 2011. Return on average assets (“ROA”) for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 was 0.65%, up from 0.17% for the quarter ended March 31, 2011. The increase in both is mostly due to a 435.8% increase in net income from $3.1 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2011 to $10.7 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2012.

Assets Under Management

Assets managed by the trust division, the pension plan administration subsidiary, and the broker-dealer subsidiary increased from $4.142 billion as of December 31, 2011 to $4.430 billion as of March 31, 2012. The Group’s trust division offers various types of individual retirement accounts (“IRA”) and manages 401(k) and Keogh retirement plans and custodian and corporate trust accounts, while CPC manages the administration of private retirement plans. At March 31, 2012, total assets managed by the Group’s trust division and CPC amounted to $2.372 billion, compared to $2.216 billion at December 31, 2011, mainly related to market appreciation. At March 31, 2012, total assets managed by the broker-dealer from its customer investment accounts increased to $2.058 billion, compared to $1.926 billion at December 31, 2011, mainly related to market appreciation.

Lending

Total loan production of $110.2 million for the quarter increased 41.3% year over year. The strategically significant commercial loan category hit a record $55.4 million in production, a more than three-fold increase from the year ago quarter.

The Group sells most of its conforming mortgages in the secondary market, and retains servicing rights. As a result, mortgage banking activities now reflect originations as well as a growing servicing portfolio, a source of recurring revenue.

Mortgage loan production of $45.0 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 decreased 14.7% from the same period in 2011. Leasing and consumer loans production for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 totaled $9.7 million, up 14.4% from the same period in 2011.

Credit Quality on Non-Covered Loans

Net credit losses increased $147 thousand, to $2.7 million, representing 0.88% of average non-covered loans outstanding, versus 0.85% in 2011. The allowance for loan and lease losses on non-covered loans increased to $37.4 million (3.03% of total non-covered loans) at March 31, 2012, compared to $37.0 million (3.06% of total non-covered loans) at December 31, 2011.

NPLs decreased 9.2%, or $12.4 million, in the quarter ended March 31, 2012. The Group does not expect NPLs to result in significantly higher losses as most are well-collateralized with adequate loan-to-value ratios. In residential mortgage lending, more than 90% of the Group’s portfolio consists of fixed-rate, fully amortizing, fully documented loans that do not have the level of risk generally associated with subprime loans. In commercial lending, more than 90% of all loans are collateralized by real estate. Early delinquency loans (30-89 days past due) dropped 7.0% year over year. Covered loans are considered to be performing due to the application of the accretion method under ASC 310-30.

Non-GAAP Measures

The Group uses certain non-GAAP measures of financial performance to supplement the financial statements presented in accordance with GAAP. The Group presents non-GAAP measures that management believes is useful and meaningful to investors. Non-GAAP measures do not have any standardized meaning and are therefore unlikely to be comparable to similar measures presented by other companies. The presentation of non-GAAP measures is not intended to be a substitute for, and should not be considered in isolation from, the financial measures reported in accordance with GAAP.

 

70


The Group’s management has reported and discussed the results of operations herein both on a GAAP basis and on a pre-tax pre-provision operating income basis (defined as net interest income, plus banking and wealth management revenues, less non-interest expenses, and calculated on the table below) . The Group’s management believes that, given the nature of the items excluded from the definition of pre-tax pre-provision operating income, it is useful to state what the results of operations would have been without them so that investors can see the financial trends from the Group’s continuing business.

Tangible common equity consists of common equity less goodwill and core deposit intangibles. Management believes that the ratios of tangible common equity to total assets and to risk-weighted assets assist investors in analyzing the Group’s capital position.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2012, the Group’s pre-tax pre-provision operating income was approximately $21.5 million, an increase of 28.3% from $16.7 million in the same quarter of last year. Pre-tax pre-provision operating income is calculated as follows:

 

     Quarters Ended March 31,  
     2012     2011  
     (In thousands)  

PRE-TAX PRE-PROVISION OPERATING INCOME

    

Net interest income

   $ 38,862     $ 37,278  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Core non-interest income:

    

Wealth management revenues

     5,889       4,682  

Banking service revenues

     3,286       3,724  

Mortgage banking activities

     2,502       1,823  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total core non-interest income

     11,677       10,229  

Less non interest expenses

     (29,085     (30,781
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total pre-tax pre-provision operating income

   $ 21,454     $ 16,726  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At March 31, 2012, tangible common equity to total assets was 9.56% compared to 9.32% at December 31, 2011. Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets and total equity to risk-weighted assets at March 31, 2012 increased to 30.08% and 33.58%, respectively, from 29.71% and 33.14% at December 31, 2011.

 

71


ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE 1 — QUARTERLY ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME AND CHANGES DUE TO VOLUME RATE

FOR THE QUARTERS ENDED MARCH 31, 2012 AND 2011

 

     Interest      Average rate     Average balance  
     March
2012
     March
2011
     March
2012
    March
2011
    March
2012
    March
2011
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

A - TAX EQUIVALENT SPREAD

              

Interest-earning assets

   $ 69,919      $ 78,034        4.66     4.73   $ 6,006,728     $ 6,603,908  

Tax equivalent adjustment

     15,098        14,929        1.01     0.90     —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets - tax equivalent

     85,017        92,963        5.67     5.63     6,006,728       6,603,908  

Interest-bearing liabilities

     31,057        40,757        2.13     2.51     5,823,296       6,486,436  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax equivalent net interest income / spread

     53,960        52,206        3.54     3.12     183,432       117,472  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax equivalent interest rate margin

           3.59     3.16    
        

 

 

   

 

 

     

B - NORMAL SPREAD

              

Interest-earning assets:

              

Investments:

              

Investment securities

     29,853        45,607        3.21     4.09     3,722,006       4,462,025  

Money market investments

     402        236        0.27     0.26     594,326       357,721  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

     30,255        45,843        2.80     3.80     4,316,332       4,819,746  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC:

              

Mortgage

     12,814        13,391        6.13     6.01     835,592       891,889  

Commercial

     4,095        3,503        5.55     6.03     295,043       232,223  

Leasing

     548        276        8.16     10.31     26,878       10,704  

Consumer

     666        795        6.47     8.49     41,194       37,510  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-covered loans

     18,123        17,965        6.05     6.13     1,198,707       1,172,326  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC:

              

Loans secured by residential properties

     5,198        3,496        13.13     7.62     157,278       178,780  

Commercial and construction

     13,667        7,759        16.86     8.06     289,054       343,109  

Leasing

     2,372        2,483        28.81     13.40     32,931       74,145  

Consumer

     304        488        8.89     10.52     12,426       15,802  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total covered loans

     21,541        14,226        17.52     9.30     491,689       611,836  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

     39,664        32,191        9.39     7.22     1,690,396       1,784,162  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest earning assets

     69,919        78,034        4.66     4.73     6,006,728       6,603,908  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

              

Deposits:

              

Non-interest bearing deposits

     —           —           —          —          175,224       169,175  

Now accounts

     2,456        3,570        1.20     1.84     815,277       777,569  

Savings and money market

     627        1,027        1.07     1.66     235,275       247,709  

Individual retirement accounts

     2,330        2,633        2.56     2.92     364,499       360,351  

Retail certificates of deposits

     2,117        2,866        2.34     2.40     361,799       477,565  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total retail deposits

     7,530        10,096        1.54     1.99     1,952,074       2,032,369  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Institutional deposits

     459        903        1.61     1.41     113,913       255,737  

Brokered deposits

     1,164        1,227        1.90     1.80     244,891       272,396  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total wholesale deposits

     1,623        2,130        1.81     1.61     358,804       528,133  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     9,153        12,226        1.58     1.91     2,310,878       2,560,502  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings:

              

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     17,570        24,159        2.30     2.79     3,058,119       3,462,255  

Advances from FHLB and other borrowings

     3,097        3,049        3.76     3.79     329,855       321,755  

FDIC-guaranteed term notes

     909        1,021        4.11     3.86     88,361       105,841  

Subordinated capital notes

     328        302        3.64     3.35     36,083       36,083  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total borrowings

     21,904        28,531        2.49     2.91     3,512,418       3,925,934  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

     31,057        40,757        2.13     2.51     5,823,296       6,486,436  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income / spread

   $ 38,862      $ 37,277        2.52     2.22    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

     

Interest rate margin

           2.59     2.26    
        

 

 

   

 

 

     

Excess of average interest-earning assets over average interest-bearing liabilities

             $ 183,432     $ 117,472  
            

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities ratio

               103.15     101.81
            

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

72


C - CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME DUE TO:

 

     Volume     Rate     Total  

Interest Income:

      

Investments

   $ (4,788   $ (10,800   $ (15,588

Loans

     (2,389     9,862       7,473  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     (7,177     (938     (8,115
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest Expense:

      

Deposits

     (1,192     (1,881     (3,073

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     (2,820     (3,769     (6,589

Other borrowings

     (88     50       (38
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     (4,100     (5,600     (9,700
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

   $ (3,077   $ 4,662     $ 1,585  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

73


Net Interest Income

Net interest income is a function of the difference between rates earned on the Group’s interest-earning assets and rates paid on its interest-bearing liabilities (interest rate spread) and the relative amounts of its interest earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities (interest rate margin). The Group constantly monitors the composition and re-pricing of its assets and liabilities to maintain its net interest income at adequate levels. Table 1 shows the major categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, their respective interest income, expenses, yields and costs, and their impact on net interest income due to changes in volume and rates for the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and 2011.

Net interest income amounted to $38.9 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, an increase of 4.2% from $37.3 million for the same period in 2011. These changes reflect an increase of 23.2% in interest income from loans and a decrease of 23.8% interest expense, partially offset by a 34.0% decrease in interest income from investments.

Interest rate spread increased 30 basis points to 2.52% for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 from 2.22% in the quarter ended March 31, 2011. This increase reflects a 38 basis points decrease in the average cost of funds to 2.13% from 2.51%, partially offset by a 7 basis points decrease in the average yield of interest earning assets to 4.66% from 4.73%, as further explained below.

The decrease in interest income for the quarter was primarily the result of a decrease of $7.2 million in interest-earning assets volume variance, and a $939 thousand decrease in interest rate variance. Interest income from loans increased 23.2% to $39.7 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, mainly due to the re-yielding of various pools of covered loans during the third quarter of 2011. During the quarter ended March 31, 2012, interest income from covered loans increased 51.4% to $21.5 million, compared to the same period in 2011. Interest income on investments decreased 34.0% to $30.3 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, compared to $45.8 million for the same period in 2011, reflecting an increase in premium amortization due to an increase in prepayment speeds caused by a decline in interest rates, and lower balance in the investment securities portfolio. Such decrease was partially offset by the increase in interest income on covered loans by $7.3 million, mainly due to improved performance of covered residential mortgage and commercial and construction loans.

Interest expense decreased 23.8% reaching $31.1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012. This decrease was primarily the result of a $5.6 million decrease in interest rate variance, and a $4.1 million decrease in interest-earning liabilities volume variance. These decreases are due to a reduction in the balance of interest bearing liabilities and the cost of funds, which decreased 38 basis points to 2.13% from the previous year. The cost of deposits decreased by 33 basis points to 1.58% compared to 1.91% for the same period in 2011.

For the quarter ended March 31, 2012, the average balance of total interest-earning assets was $6.0 billion, a 9.0% decrease from the same period in 2011. This decrease in average balance of interest-earning assets was mainly attributable to a 10.4% decrease in average investments partially offset by a 5.3% increase in average loans. As of March 31, 2012, the Group had $454.0 million and $170.0 million in cash and cash equivalents and securities purchased under agreements to resell, respectively, compared to $605.5 million in cash and cash equivalents and no securities purchased under agreements to resell as of December 31, 2011.

For the quarter ended March 31, 2012, the average yield on interest-earning assets was 4.66% compared to 4.73% for the same period in 2011. This was mainly due to a decrease in the investment portfolio yield to 2.80% from 3.80%. However, such decrease was partially offset by the higher average yields in the loan portfolio, mainly due to the covered loans that had an average yield of 17.52% for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 compared to 9.30% for the same period in 2011.

 

74


TABLE 2 — NON-INTEREST INCOME SUMMARY

 

     Quarters Ended March 31,  
     2012     2011     Variance  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Wealth management revenues

   $ 5,889     $ 4,682       25.8

Banking service revenues

     3,286       3,724       -11.8

Mortgage banking activities

     2,502       1,823       37.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total banking and wealth management revenues

     11,677       10,229       14.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net accretion (amortization) of FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset

     (4,827     1,211       -498.6

Net gain (loss) on:

      

Sale of securities

     7,360       (2     368100.0

Derivatives

     (1     (3,956     100.0

Trading securities

     (8     (31     74.2

Foreclosed real estate

     (398     (132     -201.5

Other

     (833     86       -1068.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,293       (2,824     145.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest income, net

   $ 12,970     $ 7,405       75.2 % 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-Interest Income

Non-interest income is affected by the amount of securities, derivatives and trading transactions, the level of trust assets under management, transactions generated by clients’ financial assets serviced by the securities broker-dealer and insurance subsidiaries, the level of mortgage banking activities, and the fees generated from loans and deposit accounts. It is also affected by the net accretion (amortization) of the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset, which varies depending on the results of the on-going evaluation of expected cash flows of the loan portfolio acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition of Eurobank.

As shown in Table 2, the Group recorded non-interest income in the amount of $13.0 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, compared to $7.4 million for the same period in 2011, an increase of $5.6 million. This increase is mainly related to the $7.4 million gain on sale of securities, as the Group took advantage of market opportunities during the quarter ended March 31, 2012.

The net amortization of the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset of $4.8 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, compared to net accretion of $1.2 million for the same period in 2011, resulted from the ongoing evaluation of expected cash flows of the covered loan portfolio, which resulted in reduced losses expected to be collected from the FDIC and the improved re-yielding of the accretable yield on the covered loans. This reduction in claimable losses amortizes the loss-share indemnification asset at a rate that mirrors the aforementioned re-yielding on the covered loans. This amortization is net of the accretion of the discount recorded to reflect the expected claimable loss at its net present value.

The losses related to derivatives decreased approximately $4.0 million as compared to the quarter ended March 31, 2011, during which period the Group realized a loss of $4.3 million on termination of forward-settlement swaps with a notional amount of $1.25 billion, which were not designated as cash flow hedges. At the same time the Group entered into new forward-settlement swap contracts with a notional amount of $950 million, all of which were designated as cash flow hedges.

Wealth management revenues, which consist of commissions and fees from fiduciary activities, and securities brokerage and insurance activities, increased 25.8% to $5.9 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2012, from $4.7 million for the same period in 2011, due to increased brokerage, trust and insurance business.

Banking service revenues, which consist primarily of fees generated by deposit accounts, electronic banking services, and customer services, decreased 11.8% to $3.3 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2012, from $3.7 million for the same period in 2011. This decrease is attributable to a decrease in loan fees.

Income generated from mortgage banking activities increased 37.2% to $2.5 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2012, from $1.8 million for the same period in 2011, mainly as a result of favorable pricing of mortgages sold into the secondary market.

 

75


TABLE 3 — NON-INTEREST EXPENSES SUMMARY

 

     Quarters Ended March 31,  
     2012     2011     Variance %  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Compensation and employee benefits

   $ 10,365     $ 11,688       -11.3

Professional and service fees

     5,298       5,448       -2.8

Occupancy and equipment

     4,186       4,405       -5.0

Insurance

     1,820       1,985       -8.3

Electronic banking charges

     1,558       1,454       7.2

Taxes, other than payroll and income taxes

     1,174       1,380       -14.9

Loan servicing and clearing expenses

     967       1,021       -5.3

Foreclosure and repossession expenses

     954       723       32.0

Advertising, business promotion, and strategic initiatives

     848       1,192       -28.9

Communication

     412       397       3.8

Director and investors relations

     309       287       7.7

Printing, postage, stationery and supplies

     308       282       9.2

Other operating expenses

     886       518       71.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

   $ 29,085     $ 30,780       -5.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Relevant ratios and data:

      

Efficiency ratio

     57.55     64.79  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Expense ratio

     1.16     1.24  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Compensation and benefits to non-interest expense

     35.64     37.97  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Compensation to total assets owned

     0.64     0.65  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Average number of employees

     745       723    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Average compensation per employee

   $ 55.7     $ 64.6    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Assets owned per average employee

   $ 8,673     $ 9,921    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Non-Interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 decreased 5.5% to $29.1 million, compared to $30.8 million for the same period in 2011, as a result of a decrease in compensation and employee benefits expenses and the effective implementation of cost controls.

Compensation and employee benefits decreased 11.3% to $10.4 million from $11.7 million for the same period in 2011. The decrease is related to an excess provision for bonus amounting to $857 thousand compared to the amount finally paid; resulting in a benefit in the quarter ended March 31, 2012.

Advertising, business promotion, and strategic initiatives for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 decreased 28.9% as compared to the same period in 2011, during which period such expenses were temporarily higher as a result of the Group’s rebranding.

Occupancy and equipment expense decreased 5.0% to $4.2 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 compared to $4.4 million for the same period in 2011, driven by a lower depreciation expense mainly attributed to fewer branches when compared to the same period in 2011.

Taxes, other than payroll and income taxes, decreased for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011, principally due to the effect of the Eurobank integration, which for the same period in 2011 contemplated property taxes for all of Eurobank’s former facilities.

The Group’s cost control initiatives also yielded savings in professional and service fees and loan servicing and clearing expenses. There was also a decrease in insurance expenses, principally due to a change in FDIC assessment rates and in the methodology applied to the Bank. The current methodology is based on average consolidated total assets less average tangible equity, instead of average total domestic deposits.

The foregoing decreased expenses were partially offset by an increase in other operating expenses of 70.9% for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, as compared to the same period in 2011, mainly due to a non-recurring operational loss item amounting to $246 thousand and an increase of 32.0% in foreclosure and repossession expenses. Electronic banking charges also increased due to increases in the volume of transactions.

 

76


The decrease in the Group’s non-interest expense results improved the efficiency ratio to 57.6% for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, compared to 64.8% for the quarter ended March 31, 2011. The efficiency ratio measures how much of a company’s revenue is used to pay operating expenses. The Group computes its efficiency ratio by dividing non-interest expenses by the sum of its net interest income and non-interest income, but excluding gains on sale of investments securities, derivatives gains or losses, credit-related other-than-temporary impairment losses, and other income that may be considered volatile in nature. Management believes that the exclusion of those items permits greater comparability. Amounts presented as part of non-interest income that are excluded from the efficiency ratio computation amounted to a gain of $1.3 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, compared to a loss of $2.8 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2011. Revenues for purposes of the efficiency ratio for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 amounted to $50.5 million, compared to $47.5 million for the same period in 2011.

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

The provision for non-covered loan and lease losses for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 totaled $3.0 million, a 21.1% decrease from the $3.8 million reported for 2011. Based on an analysis of the credit quality and the composition of the Group’s loan portfolio, management determined that the provision for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 was adequate in order to maintain the allowance for loan and lease losses at an adequate level to provide for probable losses based upon an evaluation of known and inherent risks. The Group’s allowance for loan and lease losses policy provides for a detailed quarterly analysis of probable losses. The decrease in the provision for loan and lease losses is supported by the following observed trends during the quarter ended March 31, 2012:

 

   

Current loans to total gross loans increased from 85.8% at December 31, 2011 to 86.8% at March 31, 2012.

 

   

Loans 90 days past due to total gross loans decreased from 10.6% at December 31, 2011 to 9.8% at March 31, 2012.

 

   

Non-accruing loans decreased from $134.8 million at December 31, 2011 to $122.3 million at March 31, 2012.

The decrease in non-accruing loans is mainly related to an improvement in the non-performing residential mortgage and commercial loan portfolios as described in Table 12 below.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2012, net credit losses amounted to $2.6 million, a 5.8% increase when compared to $2.5 million reported for the same period in 2011. The increase was primarily due to a $1.3 million increase in net credit losses for commercial loans. Net credit losses on mortgage loans, consumer loans and leases decreased $853 thousand, $265 thousand, and $34 thousand, respectively. Total charge-offs remained level at $2.6 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011, and total recoveries decreased from $135 thousand in the quarter ended March 31, 2011 to $123 thousand in the quarter ended March 31, 2012. As a result, the recoveries to charge-offs ratio decreased from 5.12% in March 31, 2011 to 4.44% in March 31, 2012.

The loans covered by the FDIC shared-loss agreement were recognized at fair value as of April 30, 2010, which included the impact of expected credit losses. To the extent credit deterioration occurs in covered loans after the date of acquisition, the Group would record an allowance for loan and lease losses. Also, the Group would record an increase in the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset for the expected reimbursement from the FDIC under the shared-loss agreements. As part of the Group’s assessment of actual versus expected cash flows on covered loans during the quarter ended March 31, 2012, the Group observed that some pools of construction and development loans and commercial real estate loans underperformed. These observations required a provision for covered loan and lease losses of $7.2 million, net of the effect from the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset, an increase from the provision for covered loans and lease losses of $549 thousand for the same period in 2011

Please refer to the “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Non-Performing Assets” section in this MD&A and Table 8 through Table 13 below for a more detailed analysis of the allowances for loan and lease losses, net credit losses and credit quality statistics.

 

77


Income Taxes

Income tax expense was $1.9 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, compared to $6.5 million for the same period in 2011. This decrease was mainly due to the $5.4 million income tax expense recorded during the quarter ended March 31, 2011 related to the re-measurement of the net deferred tax assets due to a reduction in the marginal corporate income tax rates from 40.95% to 30%.

At December 31, 2011, the IBE had $2.9 million in the income tax effect of unrecognized gain on available-for-sale securities included in other comprehensive income. Following the change in the IBE enacted tax rate from 5% to 0%, this remaining tax balance will flow through income as these securities are repaid or sold in future periods, due to the IBE becoming tax exempt. During the quarter ended March 31, 2012, income tax provision included $558 thousand related to this residual tax effect from the IBE.

 

78


ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

TABLE 4 — ASSETS SUMMARY AND COMPOSITION

 

     March 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
    Variance %  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Investments:

      

FNMA and FHLMC certificates

   $ 3,350,883     $ 3,560,807       -5.9

Obligations of US Government sponsored agencies

     32,031       —          100.0

CMOs issued by US Government sponsored agencies

     117,873       130,045       -9.4

GNMA certificates

     25,796       28,336       -9.0

Structured credit investments

     29,643       37,288       -20.5

Puerto Rico Government and agency obligations

     58,887       81,482       -27.7

FHLB stock

     23,779       23,779       0.0

Other debt securities

     5,793       5,980       -3.1

Other investments

     433       253       71.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

     3,645,118       3,867,970       -5.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans:

      

Loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC

     1,198,654       1,183,748       1.3

Allowance for loan and lease losses on non covered loans

     (37,361     (37,010     -0.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non covered loans receivable, net

     1,161,293       1,146,738       1.3

Mortgage loans held for sale

     33,439       26,939       24.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC, net

     1,194,732       1,173,677       1.8

Loans covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC

     518,196       533,532       -2.9

Allowance for loan and lease losses on covered loans

     (56,437     (37,256     -51.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC, net

     461,759       496,276       -7.0 %
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans, net

     1,656,491       1,669,953       -0.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     170,000       —          100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities and loans

     5,471,609       5,537,923       -1.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other assets:

      

Cash and due from banks

     450,033       601,614       -25.2

Money market investments

     3,964       3,863       2.6

FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset

     378,444       392,367       -3.5

Foreclosed real estate

     28,537       27,679       3.1

Accrued interest receivable

     18,750       20,182       -7.1

Deferred tax asset, net

     33,123       32,023       3.4

Premises and equipment, net

     20,722       21,520       -3.7

Derivative assets

     12,515       9,317       34.3

Other assets

     43,658       47,178       -7.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other assets

     989,746       1,155,743       -14.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 6,461,355     $ 6,693,666       -3.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investments portfolio composition:

      

FNMA and FHLMC certificates

     91.9     92.1  

Obligations of US Government sponsored agencies

     0.9     0.0  

CMOs issued by US Government sponsored agencies

     3.2     3.4  

GNMA certificates

     0.7     0.7  

Structured credit investments

     0.8     1.0  

Puerto Rico Government and agency obligations

     1.6     2.1  

FHLB stock

     0.7     0.6  

Other debt securities and other investments

     0.2     0.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   
     100.0     100.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

79


Assets Owned

At March 31, 2012, the Group’s total assets amounted to $6.5 billion, a decrease of 3.5% when compared to $6.7 billion at December 31, 2011, and interest-earning assets remained level at $5.5 billion.

As set forth in Table 4, investments are the Group’s largest interest-earning assets component. Investments principally consist of money market instruments, U.S. government and agency bonds, mortgage-backed securities and Puerto Rico government and agency bonds. At March 31, 2012, the investment portfolio decreased 5.8% from $3.9 billion to $3.6 billion. This decrease is mostly due to a decrease of $209.9 million, or 5.9%, in FNMA and FHLMC certificates. During the quarter of March 31, 2012 the Group had gross realized gains of $7.4 million, mainly due to sales of mortgage-backed securities and CMOs of $177.0 million with a book value at sales of $169.6 million. There were no such sales during the quarter ended March 31, 2011.

At March 31, 2012, approximately 97% of the Group’s investment securities portfolio consists of fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities or notes guaranteed or issued by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA, and U.S. agency senior debt obligations backed by a U.S. government-sponsored entity or the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, compared to 96% at December 31, 2011.

The Group’s loan portfolio is comprised of residential loans, home equity loans, commercial loans collateralized by mortgages on real estate located in Puerto Rico, other commercial and industrial loans, consumer loans, and leases. At March 31, 2012, the Group’s loan portfolio, the second largest category of the Group’s interest-earning assets, remained level at $1.7 billion compared to the loan portfolio at December 31, 2011. The covered loan portfolio decreased $34.5 million, or 7.0%, as these loans continue to decrease as a net effect of the repayment of loans and the portion of accretable yield recognized as interest income. The non-covered loan portfolio increased $21.1 million, or 1.8%.

At March 31, 2012, the mortgage loan portfolio amounted to $805.0 million (66.9% of the gross non-covered loan portfolio), compared to $821.1 million (69.1% of the gross non-covered loan portfolio) at December 31, 2011. Mortgage loan production and purchases totaled $45.0 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, a decrease of 14.7% from $52.8 million in the previous year quarter.

At March 31, 2012, the commercial loan portfolio amounted to $330.1 million (27.4% of the gross non-covered loan portfolio), compared to $301.6 million (25.3% of the gross non-covered loan portfolio) at December 31, 2011. Commercial loan production increased 232.9% for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 from $16.6 million in 2011 to $55.4 million in 2012.

At March 31, 2012, the consumer loan portfolio amounted to $39.7 million (3.3% of the gross non-covered loan portfolio), compared to $39.9 million (3.4% of the gross non-covered loan portfolio) at December 31, 2011. Consumer loan production increased 42.1% for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 from $3.6 million in 2011 to $5.2 million in 2012.

At March 31, 2012, the leasing portfolio amounted to $28.4 million (2.4% of the gross non-covered loan portfolio), compared to $25.8 million (2.2% of the gross non-covered loan portfolio) at December 31, 2011. Leasing production decreased 6.3% for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 from $4.9 million in 2011 to $4.6 million in 2012.

The FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset amounted to $378.4 million and $392.4 million as of March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. The FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset is reduced as losses are recognized on covered loans and shared-loss payments are received from the FDIC. Realized credit losses in excess of previously forecasted estimates result in an increase in the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset. Conversely, if realized credit losses are less than previously forecasted estimates, the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset is amortized through the term of the shared-loss agreements. The decrease in the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset is mainly related to reimbursements received from the FDIC during the quarter ended March 31, 2012 of $24.1 million and a net amortization of $4.8 million, which was partially offset by an increase of $12.0 million in expected credit impairment losses to be covered under shared-loss agreements, net.

 

80


TABLE 5 — LOANS RECEIVABLE COMPOSITION

 

     March 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
    Variance
%
 
     (In thousands)  

Loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC:

      

Loans secured by real estate:

      

Residential

   $ 803,500     $ 819,651       -2.0

Home equity loans and others

     1,479       1,411       4.8

Commercial

     217,371       218,261       -0.4

Deferred loan fees, net

     (4,298     (4,300     0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans secured by real estate

     1,018,052       1,035,023       -1.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other loans:

      

Commercial

     112,705       83,312       35.3

Personal consumer loans and credit lines

     39,678       39,890       -0.5

Leasing

     28,363       25,768       10.1

Deferred loan fees, net

     (144     (245     41.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other loans

     180,602       148,725       21.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable

     1,198,654       1,183,748       1.3

Allowance for loan and lease losses

     (37,361     (37,010     -0.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans receivable, net

     1,161,293       1,146,738       1.3

Mortgage loans held-for-sale

     33,439       26,939       24.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC, net

     1,194,732       1,173,677       1.8

Loans covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC:

      

Loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties

     140,105       140,824       -0.5

Construction and development secured by 1-4 family residential properties

     17,626       16,976       3.8

Commercial and other construction

     321,632       325,832       -1.3

Leasing

     25,581       36,122       -29.2

Consumer

     13,252       13,778       -3.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC

     518,196       533,532       -2.9

Allowance for loan and lease losses on covered loans

     (56,437     (37,256     -51.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans covered under shared-loss agreements with FDIC, net

     461,759       496,276       -7.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans receivable, net

   $ 1,656,491     $ 1,669,953       -0.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

81


TABLE 6 — LIABILITIES SUMMARY AND COMPOSITION

 

     March 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
    Variance
%
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Deposits:

      

Non-interest bearing deposits

   $ 180,768     $ 190,001       -4.9

Now accounts

     821,167       810,844       1.3

Savings and money market accounts

     238,917       230,673       3.6

Certificates of deposit

     1,028,901       1,159,258       -11.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     2,269,753       2,390,776       -5.1

Accrued interest payable

     4,814       4,491       7.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits and accrued interest payable

     2,274,567       2,395,267       -5.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings:

      

Short term borrowings

     43,564       39,920       9.1

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     3,056,165       3,056,238       0.0

Advances from FHLB

     281,713       281,753       0.0

FDIC-guaranteed term notes

     —          105,834       -100.0

Subordinated capital notes

     36,083       36,083       0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total borrowings

     3,417,525       3,519,828       -2.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits and borrowings

     5,692,092       5,915,095       -3.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities

     49,426       47,425       4.2

Other liabilities

     30,547       35,591       -14.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 5,772,065     $ 5,998,111       -3.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deposits portfolio composition percentages:

      

Non-interest bearing deposits

     8.0     7.9  

Now accounts

     36.2     33.9  

Savings and money market accounts

     10.5     9.6  

Certificates of deposit

     45.3     48.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   
     100.0     100.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Borrowings portfolio composition percentages:

      

Short term borrowings

     1.3     1.1  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     89.4     86.9  

Advances from FHLB

     8.2     8.0  

FDIC-guaranteed term notes

     0.0     3.0  

Subordinated capital notes

     1.1     1.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   
     100.0     100.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

      

Amount outstanding at quarter-end

   $ 3,056,165     $ 3,056,238    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Daily average outstanding balance

   $ 3,058,119     $ 3,417,892    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Maximum outstanding balance at any month-end

   $ 3,060,578     $ 3,466,480    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

82


Liabilities and Funding Sources

As shown in Table 6, at March 31, 2012, the Group’s total liabilities were $5.8 billion, 3.8% lower than the $6.0 billion reported at December 31, 2011. Deposits and borrowings, the Group’s funding sources, amounted to $5.7 billion at March 31, 2012 versus $5.9 billion at December 31, 2011, a 3.8% decrease.

At March 31, 2012, borrowings represented 60.0% of interest-bearing liabilities and deposits represented 40.0%. Borrowings consist mainly of funding sources through the use of repurchase agreements, FHLB advances, subordinated capital notes, and other borrowings. At March 31, 2012, borrowings amounted to $3.4 billion, 2.9% lower than the $3.5 billion reported at December 31, 2011. The Bank’s FDIC-guaranteed senior unsecured notes issued under the TLGP totaling $105 million were repaid in full at maturity in March 2012. Repurchase agreements as of March 31, 2012 remained at $3.1 billion.

At March 31, 2012, short term borrowings amounted to $43.6 million, 9.1% higher than the $39.9 million reported at December 31, 2011. Short term borrowings mainly consist of deposits of the Puerto Rico Cash & Money Market Fund.

As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”), the Bank can obtain advances from the FHLB, secured by the FHLB stock owned by the Bank, as well as by certain of the Bank’s mortgage loans and investment securities. Advances from FHLB amounted to $281.7 million and $281.8 million as of March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. These advances mature from May 2012 through May 2014.

At March 31, 2012, deposits and accrued interest payable, the second largest category of the Group’s interest-bearing liabilities, were $2.275 billion, down 5.0% from $2.395 billion at December 31, 2011. This decrease was mainly attributable to a decrease in higher cost brokered deposits and other wholesale institutional deposits which decreased 17.5% and 36.2%, respectively, to $211.1 million and $107.4 million in March 31, 2012 from $255.9 million and $168.3 million in December 31, 2011.

Stockholders’ Equity

At March 31, 2012, the Group’s total stockholders’ equity was $689.3 million, a 0.9% decrease when compared to $695.6 million at December 31, 2011. This decrease reflects stock repurchases under the Group’s $70 million stock repurchase program, partially offset by the net income for the quarter.

On February 3, 2011, the Group announced that its Board of Directors had approved a stock repurchase program pursuant to which the Group was authorized to purchase in the open market up to $30 million of its outstanding shares of common stock. On June 29, 2011, the Group announced the completion of the $30 million stock repurchase program and the approval by the Board of Directors of a new program to purchase an additional $70 million of common stock in the open market.

Any shares of common stock repurchased are held by the Group as treasury shares. The Group records treasury stock purchases under the cost method whereby the entire cost of the acquired stock is recorded as treasury stock. Under the $30 million program, initiated in February 2010, the Group purchased a total of 2,406,303 shares at an average price of $12.10 per share. In 2011, under the $70 million stock repurchase program, the Group purchased approximately 5,189,000 shares for a total of $58.5 million at an average price of $11.28 per share. During the quarter ended March 31, 2012, the Group purchased approximately 603,000 shares under the $70 million program at an average price of $11.61 per share. Approximately $33 million remains available for purchases under the $70 million program as of March 31, 2012.

Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets and total equity to risk-weighted assets at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 increased to 30.08% and 33.58% from 29.71% and 33.14%, respectively.

The Group maintains capital ratios in excess of regulatory requirements. At March 31, 2012, Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio was 10.25% (2.56 times the requirement of 4.00%), Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio was 32.34% (8.09 times the requirement of 4.00%), and Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio was 33.64% (4.21 times the requirement of 8.00%).

Taking into consideration the Group’s strong capital position, the quarterly cash dividend per common share was increased by 20% to $0.06 per share on November 30, 2011. On an annualized basis, this represents an increase from $0.20 to $0.24 per share.

 

83


The following are the consolidated capital ratios of the Group at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

TABLE 7 — CAPITAL, DIVIDENDS AND STOCK DATA

 

     March 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
    Variance
%
 
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  

Capital data:

      

Stockholders’ equity

   $ 689,290     $ 695,555       -0.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Regulatory Capital Ratios data:

      

Leverage Capital Ratio

     10.25     9.65     4.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Minimum Leverage Capital Ratio Required

     4.00     4.00  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Actual Tier 1 Capital

   $ 663,897     $ 661,614       0.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Minimum Tier 1 Capital Required

   $ 259,162     $ 274,230       -4.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess over regulatory requirement

   $ 404,735     $ 387,384       3.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio

     32.34     31.52     2.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Minimum Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio Required

     4.00     4.00  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Actual Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital

   $ 663,897     $ 661,614       0.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Minimum Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Required

   $ 82,104     $ 83,964       -2.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess over regulatory requirement

   $ 581,793     $ 577,650       0.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Risk-Weighted Assets

   $ 2,052,603     $ 2,099,109       -2.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio

     33.64     32.80     2.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Minimum Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio Required

     8.00     8.00  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Actual Total Risk-Based Capital

   $ 690,403     $ 688,452       0.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Minimum Total Risk-Based Capital Required

   $ 164,208     $ 167,929       -2.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess over regulatory requirement

   $ 526,195     $ 520,523       1.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Risk-Weighted Assets

   $ 2,052,603     $ 2,099,109       -2.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible common equity (common equity less goodwill and core deposit intangible) to total assets

     9.56     9.32     2.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets

     30.08     29.71     1.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity to total assets

     10.67     10.39     2.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity to risk-weighted assets

     33.58     33.14     1.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets

     29.03     28.28     2.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 Common Equity Capital

   $ 595,897     $ 593,614       0.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock data:

      

Outstanding common shares

     40,689,650       41,244,533       -1.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value per common share

   $ 15.27     $ 15.22       0.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Market price at end of period

   $ 12.10     $ 12.11       -0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Market capitalization at end of period

   $ 492,349     $ 499,477       -1.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Quarters Ended March 31,     Variance
%
 
     2012     2011    
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  

Common dividend data:

      

Cash dividends declared

   $ 2,242     $ 2,269       -1.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash dividends declared per share

   $ 0.06     $ 0.05       20.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Payout ratio

     26.14     122.85     -78.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividend yield

     1.98     0.39     408.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

84


The table that follows presents a reconciliation of the Group’s total stockholders’ equity to tangible common equity and total assets to tangible assets at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     March 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 
     (In thousands, except share or per
share information)
 

Total stockholder’s equity

   $ 689,290     $ 695,555  

Preferred stock

     (68,000     (68,000

Goodwill

     (2,701     (2,701

Core deposit intangible

     (1,150     (1,185
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tangible common equity

   $ 617,439     $ 623,669  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     6,461,355       6,693,666  

Goodwill

     (2,701     (2,701

Core deposit intangible

     (1,150     (1,185
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tangible assets

   $ 6,457,504     $ 6,689,780  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible common equity to tangible assets

     9.56     9.32

Common shares outstanding at end of period

     40,689,650       41,244,533  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible book value per common share

   $ 15.17     $ 15.12  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The tangible common equity ratio and tangible book value per common share are non-GAAP measures. Management and many stock analysts use the tangible common equity ratio and tangible book value per common share in conjunction with more traditional bank capital ratios to compare the capital adequacy of banking organizations. Neither tangible common equity nor tangible assets or related measures should be considered in isolation or as a substitute for stockholders’ equity, total assets or any other measure calculated in accordance with GAAP. Moreover, the manner in which the Group calculates its tangible common equity, tangible assets and any other related measures may differ from that of other companies reporting measures with similar names.

The Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets ratio is another non-GAAP measure. Ratios calculated based upon Tier 1 common equity have become a focus of regulators and investors, and management believes ratios based on Tier 1 common equity assist investors in analyzing the Group’s capital position. In connection with the Supervisory Capital Assessment Program, the Federal Reserve Board began supplementing its assessment of the capital adequacy of a bank holding company based on a variation of Tier 1 capital, known as Tier 1 common equity.

Because Tier 1 common equity is not formally defined by GAAP or, unlike Tier 1 capital, codified in the federal banking regulations, this measure is considered to be a non-GAAP financial measure. Non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, are not required to be uniformly applied and are not audited. To mitigate these limitations, the Group has procedures in place to calculate these measures using the appropriate GAAP or regulatory components. Although these non-GAAP financial measures are frequently used by stakeholders in the evaluation of a company, they have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analyses of results as reported under GAAP.

 

85


The table below presents a reconciliation of the Group’s total common equity (GAAP) at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 to Tier 1 common equity as defined by the Federal Reserve Board, FDIC and other bank regulatory agencies (non-GAAP):

 

     March 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 
     (In thousands)  

Common stockholder’s equity

   $ 621,290     $ 627,555  

Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities, net of income tax

     (73,942     (79,245

Unrealized losses on cash flow hedges, net of income tax

     43,845       42,112  

Disallowed deferred tax assets

     (25,372     (26,877

Disallowed servicing assets

     (1,073     (1,045

Intangible assets:

    

Goodwill

     (2,701     (2,701

Other disallowed intangibles

     (1,150     (1,185

Subordinated capital notes

     35,000       35,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Tier 1 common equity

   $ 595,897     $ 593,614  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets

     29.03     28.28
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents the Group’s capital adequacy information at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     March 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 
     (In thousands)  

Risk-based capital:

    

Tier 1 capital

   $ 663,897     $ 661,614  

Supplementary (Tier 2) capital

     26,506       26,838  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Capital

   $ 690,403     $ 688,452  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets:

    

Balance sheet items

   $ 1,999,771     $ 2,047,906  

Off-balance sheet items

     52,832       51,203  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total risk-weighted assets

   $ 2,052,603     $ 2,099,109  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratios:

    

Tier 1 capital (minimum required - 4%)

     32.34     31.52

Total capital ( minimum required - 8%)

     33.64     32.80

Leverage ratio

     10.25     9.65

Equity to assets

     10.67     10.39

Tangible equity to assets

     9.56     9.32

The Federal Reserve Board has risk-based capital guidelines for bank holding companies. Under the guidelines, the minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets is 8%. At least half of the total capital is to be comprised of qualifying common stockholders’ equity, qualifying noncumulative perpetual preferred stock (including related surplus), minority interests related to qualifying common or noncumulative perpetual preferred stock directly issued by a consolidated U.S. depository institution or foreign bank subsidiary, and restricted core capital elements (collectively “Tier 1 Capital”). Banking organizations are expected to maintain at least 50% of their Tier 1 Capital as common equity. Except as otherwise discussed below in light of the Dodd-Frank Act in connection with certain debt or equity instruments issued on or after May 19, 2010, not more than 25% of qualifying Tier 1 Capital may consist of qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock, trust preferred securities or other so-called restricted core capital elements. “Tier 2 Capital” may consist, subject to certain limitations, of allowance for loan and lease losses; perpetual preferred stock and related surplus; hybrid capital instruments, perpetual debt, and mandatory convertible debt securities; term subordinated debt and intermediate-term preferred stock, including related surplus; and unrealized holding gains on equity securities. “Tier 3 Capital” consists of qualifying unsecured subordinated debt.

The sum of Tier 2 and Tier 3 Capital may not exceed the amount of Tier 1 Capital. At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Group was a “well capitalized” institution for regulatory purposes.

 

86


The Federal Reserve Board has regulations with respect to risk-based and leverage capital ratios that require most intangibles, including goodwill and core deposit intangibles, to be deducted from Tier 1 Capital. The only types of identifiable intangible assets that may be included in, that is, not deducted from, an organization’s capital are readily marketable mortgage servicing assets, nonmortgage servicing assets, and purchased credit card relationships.

In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has established minimum leverage ratio (Tier 1 Capital to total assets) guidelines for bank holding companies and member banks. These guidelines provide for a minimum leverage ratio of 3% for bank holding companies and member banks that meet certain specified criteria, including that they have the highest regulatory rating. All other bank holding companies and member banks are required to maintain a minimum ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total assets of 4%. The guidelines also provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions are expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible assets. Furthermore, the guidelines state that the Federal Reserve Board will continue to consider a “tangible Tier 1 leverage ratio” and other indicators of capital strength in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities.

Under the Dodd-Frank Act, federal banking regulators are required to establish minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements on a consolidated basis for insured institutions, depository institution holding companies, and non-bank financial companies supervised by the Federal Reserve Board. The minimum leverage and risk based capital requirements are to be determined based on the minimum ratios established for insured depository institutions under prompt corrective action regulations. In effect, such provision of the Dodd-Frank Act, which is commonly known as the Collins Amendment, applies to bank holding companies the same leverage and risk based capital requirements that will apply to insured depository institutions. Because the capital requirements must be the same for insured depository institutions and their holding companies, the Collins Amendment will generally exclude certain debt or equity instruments, such as cumulative perpetual preferred stock and trust preferred securities, from Tier 1 Capital, subject to a three-year phase-out from Tier 1 qualification for such instruments issued before May 19, 2010, with the phase-out commencing on January 1, 2013. However, such instruments issued before May 19, 2010 by a bank holding company, such as the Group, with total consolidated assets of less than $15 billion as of December 31, 2009, are not affected by the Collins Amendment and may continue to be included in Tier 1 Capital as a restricted core capital element.

The Group’s common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “OFG.” At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Group’s market capitalization for its outstanding common stock was $492.3 million ($12.10 per share) and $499.5 million ($12.11 per share), respectively.

The following table provides the high and low prices and dividends per share of the Group’s common stock for each quarter of the last three years:

 

     Price      Cash
Dividend
Per share
 
     High      Low     

2012

        

March 31, 2012

   $ 12.69      $ 11.25      $ 0.06  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2011

        

December 31, 2011

   $ 12.35      $ 9.19      $ 0.06  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

September 30, 2011

   $ 13.20      $ 9.18      $ 0.05  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

June 30, 2011

   $ 13.07      $ 11.26      $ 0.05  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

March 31, 2011

   $ 12.84      $ 11.40      $ 0.05  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2011

        

December 31, 2010

   $ 13.72      $ 11.50      $ 0.05  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

September 30, 2010

   $ 14.45      $ 12.13      $ 0.04  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

June 30, 2010

   $ 16.72      $ 12.49      $ 0.04  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

March 31, 2010

   $ 14.09      $ 10.00      $ 0.04  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

87


The Bank is considered “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. The table below shows the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios at March 31, 2012 and at December 31, 2011:

 

     March 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
    Variance
%
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Oriental Bank and Trust Regulatory Capital Ratios:

      

Total Tier 1 Capital to Total Assets

     9.77     9.06     6.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actual Tier 1 Capital

   $ 628,947     $ 616,590       2.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Minimum Capital Requirement (4%)

   $ 257,425     $ 272,177       -4.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Minimum to be well capitalized (5%)

   $ 321,781     $ 340,221       -4.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

     30.80     29.56     4.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actual Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital

   $ 628,947     $ 616,590       2.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Minimum Capital Requirement (4%)

   $ 81,673     $ 83,438       -2.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Minimum to be well capitalized (6%)

   $ 122,509     $ 125,157       -2.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets

     32.09     30.84     4.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actual Total Risk-Based Capital

   $ 655,319     $ 643,266       1.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Minimum Capital Requirement (8%)

   $ 163,345     $ 166,876       -2.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Minimum to be well capitalized (10%)

   $ 204,181     $ 208,595       -2.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Group’s Financial Assets Managed

The Group’s financial assets managed include those managed by the Group’s trust division, retirement plan administration subsidiary, and securities broker-dealer subsidiary. Assets managed by the trust division and the broker-dealer subsidiary increased from $4.142 billion as of December 31, 2011 to $4.430 billion as of March 31, 2012 mainly as a result of market appreciation.

The Group’s trust division offers various types of IRAs and manages 401(k) and Keogh retirement plans and custodian and corporate trust accounts, while the retirement plan administration subsidiary, CPC, manages private retirement plans. At March 31, 2012, total assets managed by the Group’s trust division and CPC amounted to $2.372 billion, compared to $2.216 billion at December 31, 2011. The Group’s broker-dealer subsidiary offers a wide array of investment alternatives to its client base, such as tax-advantaged fixed income securities, mutual funds, stocks, bonds and money management wrap-fee programs. At March 31, 2012, total assets gathered by the broker-dealer subsidiary from its customer investment accounts increased to $2.058 billion, compared to $1.926 billion at December 31, 2011.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Non-Performing Assets

The Group maintains an allowance for loan and lease losses at a level that management considers adequate to provide for probable losses based upon an evaluation of known and inherent risks. The Group’s allowance for loan and lease losses policy provides for a detailed quarterly analysis of probable losses. Tables 8 through 13 set forth an analysis of activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses and present selected loan loss statistics. In addition, refer to Table 5 for the composition of the loan portfolio.

Non-covered Loans

At March 31, 2012, the Group’s allowance for non-covered loan and lease losses amounted to $37.4 million or 3.03% of total non-covered loans versus $37.0 million, or 3.06%, of total non-covered loans at December 31, 2011. The allowance for residential mortgage loans and consumer loans decreased by 12.4% (or $2.7 million) and 6.7% (or $95 thousand), respectively, when compared with balances recorded at December 31, 2011. The allowance for commercial loans increased by 19.9% or $2.5 million, when compared with balances recorded at December 31, 2011. The unallocated allowance increased by 178.8% or $969 thousand, when compared with balances recorded at December 31, 2011. The increase in the unallocated allowance is mainly due to management’s assessment that continued recessionary conditions in Puerto Rico and the overall continued decline in real estate values will continue to have a negative effect in the credit statistics of the portfolios collateralized by real estate.

Please refer to the “Provision for Loan and Lease Losses” section in this MD&A for a more detailed analysis of provisions for loan and lease losses.

 

88


The Group follows a systematic methodology to establish and evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses to provide for inherent losses in the loan portfolio. This methodology includes the consideration of factors such as economic conditions, portfolio risk characteristics, prior loss experience, and results of periodic credit reviews of individual loans. The provision for loan losses charged to current operations is based on such methodology. Loan losses are charged and recoveries are credited to the allowance for loan and lease losses.

Larger commercial loans that exhibit potential or observed credit weaknesses are subject to individual review and grading. Where appropriate, allowances are allocated to individual loans based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan given the availability of collateral and other sources of cash flow and legal options available to the Group.

Included in the review of individual loans are those that are impaired. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Group will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or as a practical expedient, at the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. Loans are individually evaluated for impairment, except large groups of small balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment, and loans that are recorded at fair value or at the lower of cost or market value. The portfolios of mortgage loans, leases and consumer loans are considered homogeneous, and are evaluated collectively for impairment. For the commercial loans portfolio, all loans over $250 thousand that are either over 90 days past due or adversely classified are evaluated for impairment, or when deemed necessary by management. At March 31, 2012, the total investment in impaired commercial loans was $43.5 million, compared to $46.4 million at December 31, 2011. Most of the impaired commercial loans are measured based on the fair value of collateral method, since most impaired loans during the period were collateral dependent, all other loans are measured using the present value of cash flows method. The valuation allowance for impaired commercial loans amounted to approximately $2.7 million and $3.5 million at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. At March 31, 2012, the total investment in impaired mortgage loans was $56.6 million (December 31, 2011 — $51.5 million). Impairment on mortgage loans assessed as troubled-debt restructuring was measured using the present value of cash flows. The valuation allowance for impaired mortgage loans amounted to approximately $3.9 million and $3.4 million at March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

The Group, using a rating system, applies an overall allowance percentage to each loan portfolio category based on historical credit losses adjusted for current conditions and trends. This calculation is the starting point for management’s systematic determination of the required level of the allowance for loan and lease losses. Other data considered in this determination includes: the credit grading assigned to commercial loans, delinquency levels, loss trends and other information including underwriting standards and economic trends.

Loan loss ratios and credit risk categories are updated quarterly and are applied in the context of GAAP and the 2006 Interagency Policy Statement on the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses, which requires that depository institutions have prudent, conservative, but not excessive loan loss allowances that fall within an acceptable range of estimated losses. While management uses available information in estimating probable loan losses, future changes to the allowance may be necessary, based on factors beyond the Group’s control, such as factors affecting general economic conditions.

There have been no material changes in criteria or estimation techniques as compared to prior periods that impacted the determination of the current period allowance for loan and lease losses.

The Group’s non-performing assets include non-performing loans and foreclosed real estate (see Tables 11 and 12). At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Group had $122.3 million and $134.8 million, respectively, of non-accrual non-covered loans including credit cards accounted under ASC 310-20, a decrease of 9.2%. Covered loans are considered to be performing due to the application of the accretion method under ASC 310-30. At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, loans whose terms have been extended and which are classified as troubled-debt restructuring that are not included in non-performing assets amounted to $47.4 million and $41.3 million, respectively.

At March 31, 2012, the Group’s non-performing assets totaled $140.2 million (2.34% of total assets, excluding covered loans) versus $149.8 million (2.42% of total assets, excluding covered loans) at December 31, 2011, a decrease of 6.4%. The Group’s non-performing loans generally reflect the recessionary economic environment in Puerto Rico. Nonetheless, the Group does not expect non-performing loans to result in significantly higher losses as most are well-collateralized with adequate loan-to-value ratios. At March 31, 2012, the allowance for non-covered loan and lease losses to non-performing loans coverage ratio was 30.54% (27.46% at December 31, 2011).

 

89


The Group follows a conservative residential mortgage lending policy, with more than 90% of its residential mortgage portfolio consisting of fixed-rate, fully amortizing, fully documented loans that do not have the level of risk associated with subprime loans offered by certain major U.S. mortgage loan originators. Furthermore, the Group has never been active in negative amortization loans or adjustable rate mortgage loans, including those with teaser rates, and does not originate construction and development loans.

The following items comprise non-performing assets:

 

   

Mortgage loans — are placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days or more past due and are written-down, if necessary, based on the specific evaluation of the collateral underlying the loan. At March 31, 2012, the Group’s non-performing mortgage loans totaled $89.0 million (72.8% of the Group’s non-performing loans), a 1.4% decrease from $97.3 million (72.3% of the Group’s non-performing loans) at December 31, 2011. Non-performing loans in this category are primarily residential mortgage loans. On April 1, 2011, the Bank changed on a prospective basis its policy to place on non-accrual status residential mortgage loans well collateralized and in process of collection when reaching 90 days past due. All loans that were between 90 and 365 days past due when the policy was changed were also placed on non-accrual status. The interest receivable on such loans is evaluated on a periodic basis against the collateral underlying the loans, and written-down, if necessary. On December 31, 2011, the Bank further revised its policy to reverse against income all interest recorded on residential mortgage loans reaching 90 days past due including the remaining interest on loans that were between 90 and 365 days past due as of April 1, 2011. On December 31, 2011, the Bank also charged-off this remaining accrued interest on residential mortgage loans over 90 days past due. This change in estimate was considered necessary to comply with guidance received from the Group’s regulators.

 

   

Commercial loans — are placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days or more past due and are written-down, if necessary, based on the specific evaluation of the underlying collateral, if any. At March 31, 2012, the Group’s non-performing commercial loans amounted to $33.1 million (27.0% of the Group’s non-performing loans), a 10.6% decrease when compared to non-performing commercial loans of $37.0 million at December 31, 2011 (27.4% of the Group’s non-performing loans). Approximately 66% of this portfolio is collateralized by commercial real estate properties.

 

   

Consumer loans — are placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days past due and written-off when payments are delinquent 120 days in personal loans and 180 days in credit cards and personal lines of credit. At March 31, 2012, the Group’s non-performing consumer loans amounted to $286 thousand (0.2% of the Group’s total non-performing loans), a 14.4% decrease from $334 thousand at December 31, 2011 (0.2% of total non-performing loans).

 

   

Leases — are placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days past due and partially written-off to collateral value when payments are delinquent 120 days, and fully written-off when payments are delinquent 180 days. At March 31, 2012, the Group’s non-performing leases amounted to $12 thousand (0.0% of the Group’s total non-performing loans), a decrease of 88.2% from $102 thousand at December 31, 2011 (0.1% of total non-performing loans).

 

   

Foreclosed real estate — is initially recorded at the lower of the related loan balance or fair value less cost to sell as of the date of foreclosure. Any excess of the loan balance over the fair value of the property is charged against the allowance for loan and lease losses. Subsequently, any excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value less disposition cost is charged to operations. Net losses on the sale of foreclosed real estate for the quarter ended March 31, 2012 amounted to $398 thousand compared to $132 thousand in the quarter ended March 31, 2011.

The Group has two mortgage loan modification programs. These are the Loss Mitigation Program and the Non-traditional Mortgage Loan Program. Both programs are intended to help responsible homeowners to remain in their homes and avoid foreclosure, while also reducing the Group’s losses on non-performing mortgage loans.

The Loss Mitigation Program helps mortgage borrowers who are or will become financially unable to meet the current or scheduled mortgage payments. Loans that qualify under this program are those guaranteed by FHA, VA, RHS, “Banco de la Vivienda de Puerto Rico”; conventional loans guaranteed by Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation (MGIC); conventional loans sold to the FNMA and FHLMC, and conventional loans retained by the Group. The program offers diversified alternatives such as regular or reduced payment plans, payment moratorium, mortgage loan modification, partial claims (only FHA), short sale, and payment in lieu of foreclosure.

The Non-traditional Mortgage Loan Program is for non-traditional mortgages, including balloon payment, interest only/interest first, variable interest rate, adjustable interest rate and other qualified loans. Non-traditional mortgage loan portfolios are segregated into

 

90


the following categories: performing loans that meet secondary market requirement and are refinanced by the credit underwriting guidelines of FHA/VA/FNMA/FMAC, and performing loans not meeting secondary market guidelines, processed by the Group’s current credit and underwriting guidelines. The Group achieved an affordable and sustainable monthly payment by taking specific, sequential, and necessary steps such as reducing the interest rate, extending the loan term, capitalizing arrearages, deferring the payment of principal or, if the borrower qualifies, refinancing the loan.

There may not be a foreclosure sale scheduled within 60 days prior to a loan modification under any such programs. This requirement does not apply to loans where the foreclosure process has been stopped by the Group. In order to apply for any of the loan modification programs, the borrower may not be in active bankruptcy or have been discharged from Chapter 7 bankruptcy since the loan was originated. Loans in these programs will be evaluated by management for troubled debt restructuring classification if the Group grants a concession for legal or economic reasons due to the debtor’s financial difficulties.

On October 24, 2011, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”), FHLMC and FNMA announced a series of FHFA-directed enhancements to the Home Affordable Refinance Program (“HARP”) in an effort to attract more borrowers who can benefit from refinancing their home mortgages under this program. These enhancements entail the relaxation of underwriting guidelines, such as loan-to-value ratio, appraisals, and certain fees, among other things, subject to a variety of qualifications, and the extension of HARP until December 31, 2013. The enhancements do not change the time period for eligible loans, maintaining the requirement that the loans must have been guaranteed by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac prior to June 2009. The Group does not expect these changes to have a significant impact on its results of operations.

Covered Loans

The allowance for loan and lease losses on covered loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition is accounted under the provisions of ASC 310-30. Under this accounting guidance, the allowance for loan and lease losses on covered loans is evaluated at each financial reporting period, based on forecasted cash flows. Credit related decreases in expected cash flows, compared to those previously forecasted are recognized by recording a provision for credit losses on covered loans. The portion of the loss on covered loans reimbursable from the FDIC is recorded as an offset to the provision for credit losses and increases the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset.

As part of the evaluation of actual versus expected cash flows, the Group assesses on a quarterly basis, the credit quality of these loans based on delinquency, severity factors and risk ratings, among other assumptions. During this quarter the Group further reviewed one commercial real estate, and three construction and development loan pools whose cash flows significantly underperformed compared to expectations established. The loans included in these pools have been in non-accrual status since the acquisition date. The Group reviewed the timing of the collections expected through workout and/or the timing assessed for the particular workout loan to foreclose for the most significant loans comprising the particular pools selected for review. The credit quality assumptions for these pools were updated to reflect an increase in default rates, severities and extension of recovery lags resulting in an increase in the provision for covered loan and lease losses. Such increase in provision was net of the effect of the increase in the FDIC shared-loss indemnification asset. As a result, the allowance for covered loans increased from $37.3 million at December 31, 2011 to $56.4 million at March 31, 2012.

The following table summarizes the credit assumptions related to the aforementioned pool of loans that during this quarter required additional allowance:

 

Pool Type and Credit Assumption

   March 31, 2012     December 31, 2011

Construction and Development Loans

    

Default Rate

     100%      80%

Severity

       75%      65%

Recovery Lag (months)

     26-28              19    

Commercial Real Estate Loans

    

Default Rate

     86%      50%

Severity

     65%      60%

Recovery Lag (months)

     17          19    

 

91


TABLE 8 — ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES SUMMARY

 

     Quarters Ended March 31,     Variance
%
 
     2012     2011    
     (Dollars in thousands)        

Non-covered loans

      

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 37,010     $ 31,430       17.8

Provision for non-covered loan and lease losses

     3,000       3,800       -21.1

Charge-offs

     (2,772     (2,638     5.1

Recoveries

     123       135       -8.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 37,361     $ 32,727       14.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loans and lease losses to:

      

Total loans, excluding covered loans

     3.03     2.78     9.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-performing loans, excluding covered loans

     30.54     27.02     13.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Covered loans

      

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 37,256     $ 49,286       -24.4

Provision for covered loan and lease losses, net

     7,157       549       1203.6

FDIC shared-loss portion on provision for loan and lease losses

     12,024       3,645       229.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 56,437     $ 53,480       5.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

92


TABLE 9 — ALLOWANCE FOR NON-COVERED LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES BREAKDOWN

 

     March 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
    Variance
%
 
     (Dollars in thousands)        

Allowance balance:

      

Mortgage

   $ 18,967     $ 21,652       -12.4

Commercial

     15,045       12,548       19.9

Consumer

     1,328       1,423       -6.7

Leasing

     510       845       -39.6

Unallocated allowance

     1,511       542       178.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance balance

   $ 37,361     $ 37,010       0.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance composition:

      

Mortgage

     50.77     58.52     -13.2

Commercial

     40.27     33.90     18.8

Consumer

     3.55     3.84     -7.6

Leasing

     1.37     2.28     -39.9

Unallocated allowance

     4.04     1.46     176.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   
     100.00     100.00  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Allowance coverage ratio at end of period applicable to:

      

Mortgage

     2.36     2.64     -10.6

Commercial

     4.56     4.16     9.6

Consumer

     3.35     3.57     -6.2

Leasing

     1.80     3.28     -45.1

Unallocated allowance to total loans

     0.13     0.05     160.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance to total loans

     3.12     3.11     0.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance coverage ratio to non-performing loans:

      

Mortgage

     21.46     22.32     -3.9

Commercial

     45.48     33.92     34.1

Consumer

     155.14     216.59     -28.4

Leasing

     4250.00     828.43     413.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     30.54     27.46     11.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

93


TABLE 10 — NET CREDIT LOSSES STATISTICS ON NON-COVERED LOAN AND LEASES

 

     Quarters Ended March 31,     Variance
%
 
     2012     2011    
     (In thousands)        

Mortgage

      

Charge-offs

   $ (922   $ (1,820     -49.3

Recoveries

     —          45       -100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (922     (1,775     -48.1

Commercial

      

Charge-offs

     (1,637     (309     429.8

Recoveries

     67       37       81.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (1,570     (272     477.2

Consumer

      

Charge-offs

     (182     (448     -59.4

Recoveries

     52       53       -1.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (130     (395     -67.1

Leasing

      

Charge-offs

     (31     (61     -49.2

Recoveries

     4       —          100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (27     (61     -55.7

Net credit losses

      

Total charge-offs

     (2,772     (2,638     5.1

Total recoveries

     123       135       -8.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (2,649   $ (2,503     5.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net credit losses to average loans outstanding:

      

Mortgage

     0.44     0.80     -45.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial

     2.13     0.47     353.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consumer

     1.26     4.21     -70.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Leasing

     0.40     2.28     -82.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     0.88     0.85     3.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries to charge-offs

     4.44     5.12     13.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average loans not covered under shared-loss agreements with the FDIC:

      

Mortgage

   $ 835,592     $ 891,889       -6.3

Commercial

     295,043       232,223       27.1

Consumer

     41,194       37,510       9.8

Leasing

     26,878       10,704       151.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,198,707     $ 1,172,326       2.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

94


TABLE 11 — NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

 

     March 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
    Variance
(%)
 
     (Dollars in thousands)        

Non-performing assets:

      

Non-accruing loans

      

Troubled Debt Restructuring loans

   $ 26,368     $ 27,533       -4.2

Other loans

     95,972       107,231       -10.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans

   $ 122,340     $ 134,764       -9.2

Foreclosed real estate not covered under the shared-loss agreements with the FDIC

     16,356       13,812       18.4

Mortgage loans held for sale in non-accrual

     1,519       1,223       24.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 140,215     $ 149,799       -6.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-performing assets to total assets, excluding covered assets

     2.34     2.42     -3.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-performing assets to total capital

     20.32     21.54     -5.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Quarters Ended March 31,  
     2012      2011  
     (In thousands)  

Interest that would have been recorded in the period if the loans had not been classified as non-accruing loans

   $ 1,714      $ 1,034  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TABLE 12 — NON-PERFORMING LOANS

 

     March 31,
2012
    December 31,
2011
    Variance
%
 
     (Dollars in thousands)        

Non-performing loans:

      

Mortgage

   $ 88,960     $ 97,340       -8.6

Commercial

     33,082       36,988       -10.6

Consumer

     286       334       -14.4

Leasing

     12       102       -88.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 122,340     $ 134,764       -9.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-performing loans composition percentages:

      

Mortgage

     72.8     72.3  

Commercial

     27.0     27.4  

Consumer

     0.2     0.2  

Leasing

     0.0     0.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

     100.0     100.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Non-performing loans to:

      

Total loans, excluding covered loans

     10.21     11.38     -10.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets, excluding covered assets

     2.06     2.19     -5.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capital

     17.75     19.33     -8.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-performing loans with partial charge-offs to:

      

Total loans, excluding covered loans

     3.21     2.77     15.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-performing loans, excluding covered loans

     31.55     24.45     28.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other non-performing loans ratios:

      

Charge-off rate on non-performing loans to non-performing loans on which charge-offs have been taken, excluding covered loans

     23.95     23.73     0.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses to non-performing loans on which no charge-offs have been taken, excluding covered loans

     44.61     36.35     22.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

95


TABLE 13 — HIGHER RISK RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE LOANS

 

     March 31, 2012  
     Higher-Risk Residential Mortgage Loans*  
                                           High Loan-to-Value Ratio
Mortgages
 
     Junior Lien Mortgages     Interest Only Loans     LTV 90% and over  
     Carrying
Value
    Allowance      Coverage     Carrying
Value
    Allowance      Coverage     Carrying
Value
    Allowance      Coverage  
     (In thousands)  

Delinquency:

                     

0 - 89 days

   $ 17,443     $ 299        1.71   $ 31,051     $ 481        1.55   $ 85,572     $ 1,574        1.84

90 - 119 days

     273       5        1.83     —          —           0.00     351       13        3.70

120 - 179 days

     425       25        5.88     164       17        10.37     1,043       73        7.00

180 - 364 days

     609       38        6.24     723       73        10.10     2,436       164        6.73

365+ days

     1,578       198        12.55     3,407       581        17.05     11,061       1,341        12.12
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 20,328     $ 565        2.78   $ 35,345     $ 1,152        3.26   $ 100,463     $ 3,165        3.15
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Percentage of total loans not covered by FDIC shared-loss agreements

     1.65          2.87          8.15     
  

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

      

Refinanced or Modified Loans:

                     
                     

Amount

   $ 2,876     $ 232        8.07   $ —        $ —           0.00   $ 16,968     $ 1,232        7.26
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Percentage of Higher-Risk Loan Category

     14.15          0.00          16.89     
  

 

 

        

 

 

        

 

 

      

Loan-to-Value Ratio:

                     

Under 70%

   $ 15,205     $ 385        2.53   $ 5,064     $ 78        1.54   $ —        $ —           —     

70% - 79%

     3,224       54        1.67     7,890       398        5.04     —          —           —     

80% - 89%

     1,069       33        3.09     9,144       251        2.74     —          —           —     

90% and over

     830       93        11.20     13,247       425        3.21     100,463       3,165        3.15
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 20,328     $ 565        2.78   $ 35,345     $ 1,152        3.26   $ 100,463     $ 3,165        3.15
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Loans may be included in more than one higher-risk loan category

 

96


Item 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Background

The Group’s risk management policies are established by its Board of Directors (the “Board”) and implemented by management through the adoption of a risk management program, which is overseen and monitored by the Chief Risk Officer and the Risk Management and Compliance Committee. The Group has continued to refine and enhance its risk management program by strengthening policies, processes and procedures necessary to maintain effective risk management.

All aspects of the Group’s business activities are susceptible to risk. Consequently, risk identification and monitoring are essential to risk management. As more fully discussed below, the Group’s primary risk exposures include, market, interest rate, credit, liquidity, operational and concentration risks.

Market Risk

Market risk is the risk to earnings or capital arising from adverse movements in market rates or prices, such as interest rates or prices. The Group evaluates market risk together with interest rate risk. The Group’s financial results and capital levels are constantly exposed to market risk. The Board and management are primarily responsible for ensuring that the market risk assumed by the Group complies with the guidelines established by policies approved by the Board. The Board has delegated the management of this risk to the Asset/Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) which is composed of certain executive officers from the business, treasury and finance areas. One of ALCO’s primary goals is to ensure that the market risk assumed by the Group is within the parameters established in such policies.

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk is the exposure of the Group’s earnings or capital to adverse movements in interest rates. It is a predominant market risk in terms of its potential impact on earnings. The Group manages its asset/liability position in order to limit the effects of changes in interest rates on net interest income. ALCO oversees interest rate risk, liquidity management and other related matters.

In discharging its responsibilities, ALCO examines current and expected conditions in world financial markets, competition and prevailing rates in the local deposit market, liquidity, unrealized gains and losses in securities, recent or proposed changes to the investment portfolio, alternative funding sources and their costs, hedging and the possible purchase of derivatives such as swaps, and any tax or regulatory issues which may be pertinent to these areas.

On a monthly basis, the Group performs a net interest income simulation analysis on a consolidated basis to estimate the potential change in future earnings from projected changes in interest rates. These simulations are carried out over a one-year time horizon, assuming certain gradual upward and downward interest rate movements, achieved during a twelve-month period. Simulations are carried out in two ways:

 

  (1) using a static balance sheet as the Group had on the simulation date, and

 

  (2) using a dynamic balance sheet based on recent growth patterns and business strategies.

The balance sheet is divided into groups of assets and liabilities detailed by maturity or re-pricing and their corresponding interest yields and costs. As interest rates rise or fall, these simulations incorporate expected future lending rates, current and expected future funding sources and costs, the possible exercise of options, changes in prepayment rates, deposits decay and other factors which may be important in projecting the future growth of net interest income.

The Group uses a software application to project future movements in the Group’s balance sheet and income statement. The starting point of the projections generally corresponds to the actual values of the balance sheet on the date of the simulations.

 

97


These simulations are highly complex, and use many simplifying assumptions that are intended to reflect the general behavior of the Group over the period in question. There can be no assurance that actual events will match these assumptions in all cases. For this reason, the results of these simulations are only approximations of the true sensitivity of net interest income to changes in market interest rates. The following table presents the results of the simulations at March 31, 2012 for the most likely scenario, assuming a one-year time horizon:

 

     Net Interest Income Risk (one year projection)  
     Static Balance Sheet     Growing Simulation  
     Amount
Change
    Percent
Change
    Amount
Change
    Percent
Change
 
Change in interest rate    (Dollars in thousands)  

+ 200 Basis points

   $ 32,258       23.32   $ 33,809       23.91
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

+ 100 Basis points

   $ 18,584       13.43   $ 19,368       13.70
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

- 50 Basis points

   $ (9,920     -7.17   $ (10,508     -7.43
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The impact of -100 and -200 basis point reductions in interest rates is not presented in view of current level of the federal funds rate and other short-term interest rates.

Future net interest income could be affected by the Group’s investments in callable securities, prepayment risk related to mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities, and its structured repurchase agreements and advances from the FHLB. As part of the strategy to limit the interest rate risk and reduce the re-pricing gaps of the Group’s assets and liabilities, the maturity and the re-pricing frequency of the liabilities has been extended to longer terms.

The Group maintains an overall interest rate risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility. The Group’s goal is to manage interest rate sensitivity by modifying the repricing or maturity characteristics of certain balance sheet assets and liabilities so that the net interest margin is not, on a material basis, adversely affected by movements in interest rates. As a result of interest rate fluctuations, hedged fixed-rate assets and liabilities will appreciate or depreciate in market value. Also, for some fixed-rate assets or liabilities, the effect of this variability in earnings is expected to be substantially offset by the Group’s gains and losses on the derivative instruments that are linked to the forecasted cash flows of these hedged assets and liabilities. The Group considers its strategic use of derivatives to be a prudent method of managing interest-rate sensitivity as it reduces the exposure of earnings and the market value of its equity to undue risk posed by changes in interest rates. The effect of this unrealized appreciation or depreciation is expected to be substantially offset by the Group’s gains or losses on the derivative instruments that are linked to these hedged assets and liabilities. Another result of interest rate fluctuations is that the contractual interest income and interest expense of hedged variable-rate assets and liabilities, respectively, will increase or decrease.

Derivative instruments that are used as part of the Group’s interest risk management strategy include interest rate swaps, forward-settlement swaps, futures contracts, and option contracts that have indices related to the pricing of specific balance sheet assets and liabilities. Interest rate swaps generally involve the exchange of fixed and variable-rate interest payments between two parties based on a common notional principal amount and maturity date. Interest rate futures generally involve exchanged-traded contracts to buy or sell U.S. Treasury bonds and notes in the future at specified prices. Interest rate options represent contracts that allow the holder of the option to (i) receive cash or (ii) purchase, sell, or enter into a financial instrument at a specified price within a specified period. Some purchased option contracts give the Group the right to enter into interest rate swaps and cap and floor agreements with the writer of the option. In addition, the Group enters into certain transactions that contain embedded derivatives. When the embedded derivative possesses economic characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract, it is bifurcated and carried at fair value. Please refer to Note 8 to the accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements for further information concerning the Group’s derivative activities.

Following is a summary of certain strategies, including derivative activities, currently used by the Group to manage interest rate risk:

Interest rate swaps — The Group entered into forward-settlement swaps to hedge the variability of future interest cash flows of forecasted wholesale borrowings, attributable to changes in the one-month LIBOR rate. Once the forecasted wholesale borrowings transactions occur, the interest rate swap will effectively fix the Group’s interest payments on an amount of forecasted interest expense attributable to the one-month LIBOR rate corresponding to the swap notional stated rate. A derivative liability of $49.4 million was recognized at March 31, 2012, related to the valuation of these swaps. Refer to Note 8 of the unaudited consolidated financial statements for a description of these swaps.

 

98


The following is a summary of recent transactions related to the Group’s forward-settlement swaps strategy:

 

   

In March 2011, the Group terminated all its open forward-settlement swaps, not designated as cash flow hedges, with an aggregate notional amount of $1.250 billion, recording a loss of $4.3 million. At the same time the Group entered into new forward-settlement swap contracts with a notional amount of $950 million, all of which were designated as cash flow hedges.

 

   

In May 2011, the Group sold all its options to enter into interest rate swaps, not designated as cash flow hedges, with an aggregate notional amount of $250 million, recording a loss of $2.2 million. At the same time the Group entered into forward-settlement swap contracts with a notional amount of $475 million, all of which were also designated as hedging instruments.

 

   

In December 2011, $600 million in repurchase agreement funding with an average cost of 4.23% matured. Utilizing cash on hand and proceeds from the sale of approximately $77 million of mortgage-backed securities, the Group paid off $300 million of these repurchase agreements. At the same time the Group terminated forward-settlement swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $300 million, recording a loss of $4.9 million. The remaining balance of $300 million was renewed for an average period of approximately three and a half years at an effective fixed rate of 2.36%, which includes the effect of the interest rate swaps designated to each of the renewed repurchase agreements. These transactions enabled the Group to eliminate $300 million in wholesale funding, reduce cost of funds on an additional $300 million of borrowings, and deploy cash at a significantly higher return, all of which is expected to generate approximately $13 million more in net interest income during the year 2012. The remaining $825 million in swaps will reduce the cost of $825 million of wholesale borrowings to 2.24% from 4.29% starting in May 2012.

S&P options — The Group has offered its customers certificates of deposit with an option tied to the performance of the S&P Index. At the end of five years, the depositor receives a minimum return or a specified percentage of the average increase of the month-end value of the stock index. The Group uses option agreements with major money center banks and major broker-dealer companies to manage its exposure to changes in that index. Under the terms of the option agreements, the Group receives the average increase in the month-end value of such index in exchange for a fixed premium. The changes in fair value of the options purchased and the options embedded in the certificates of deposit are recorded in earnings.

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the fair value of the purchased options used to manage the exposure to the S&P Index on stock-indexed certificates of deposits represented an asset of $12.5 million and $9.3 million, respectively, and the options sold to customers embedded in the certificates of deposit represented a liability of $12.1 million and $9.4 million, respectively, recorded in deposits.

Structured borrowings — The Group uses structured repurchase agreements and advances from FHLB, with embedded put options, to reduce the Group’s exposure to interest rate risk by lengthening the contractual maturities of its liabilities.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the possibility of loss arising from a borrower or counterparty in a credit-related contract failing to perform in accordance with its terms. The principal source of credit risk for the Group is its lending activities. In Puerto Rico, the Group’s principal market, the economic recession moderated in calendar year 2011 and is expected to improve in calendar year 2012 according to government data. However, economic growth remains a challenge due to the lack of significant employment growth and a housing sector that remains under pressure in spite of progress made by the Puerto Rico government in reducing its fiscal deficit.

The Group manages its credit risk through a comprehensive credit policy which establishes sound underwriting standards by monitoring and evaluating loan portfolio quality, and by the constant assessment of reserves and loan concentrations. The Group also employs proactive collection and loss mitigation practices.

The Group may also encounter risk of default in relation to its securities portfolio. The securities held by the Group are principally agency mortgage-backed securities. Thus, a substantial portion of these instruments are guaranteed by mortgages, a U.S. government-sponsored entity, or the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. A credit default by the U.S. government or a downgrade in the credit ratings of the U.S. government may have a material adverse effect on the Group. At March 31, 2012, the available-for-sale securities portfolio also includes approximately $29.6 million in structured credit investments that are considered of a higher credit risk than agency securities.

 

99


Management’s Executive Credit Committee, composed of the Group’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Credit Risk Officer and other senior executives, has primary responsibility for setting strategies to achieve the Group’s credit risk goals and objectives. Those goals and objectives are set forth in the Group’s Credit Policy as approved by the Board.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk of the Group not being able to generate sufficient cash from either assets or liabilities to meet obligations as they become due without incurring substantial losses. The Board has established a policy to manage this risk. The Group’s cash requirements principally consist of deposit withdrawals, contractual loan funding, repayment of borrowings as these mature, and funding of new and existing investments as required.

The Group’s business requires continuous access to various funding sources. While the Group is able to fund its operations through deposits as well as through advances from the FHLB of New York and other alternative sources, the Group’s business is dependent upon other wholesale funding sources. Although the Group has selectively reduced its use of wholesale funding sources, such as repurchase agreements and brokered deposits, it is still significantly dependent on repurchase agreements. Except for four repurchase agreements totaling $600 million, the Group’s repurchase agreements have been structured with initial terms that mature between three and ten years and the counterparties have the right to exercise at par on a quarterly basis put options before their contractual maturities. The Group’s $500 million repurchase agreement that matures on March 2, 2017 also provides for an optional early termination by either party upon no less than two business days’ prior written notice to the other party. In the event of any such optional early termination, the amounts owed by or to the terminating party by the other party on the optional early termination date must take account of the termination value of the transaction, as determined by the calculation agent in the manner described in the repurchase agreement.

Brokered deposits are typically offered through an intermediary to small retail investors. The Group’s ability to continue to attract brokered deposits is subject to variability based upon a number of factors, including volume and volatility in the global securities markets, the Group’s credit rating, and the relative interest rates that it is prepared to pay for these liabilities. Brokered deposits are generally considered a less stable source of funding than core deposits obtained through retail bank branches. Investors in brokered deposits are generally more sensitive to interest rates and will generally move funds from one depository institution to another based on small differences in interest rates offered on deposits.

Although the Group expects to have continued access to credit from the foregoing sources of funds, there can be no assurance that such financing sources will continue to be available or will be available on favorable terms. In a period of financial disruption or if negative developments occur with respect to the Group, the availability and cost of the Group’s funding sources could be adversely affected. In that event, the Group’s cost of funds may increase, thereby reducing its net interest income, or the Group may need to dispose of a portion of its investment portfolio, which depending upon market conditions, could result in realizing a loss or experiencing other adverse accounting consequences upon the dispositions. The Group’s efforts to monitor and manage liquidity risk may not be successful to deal with dramatic or unanticipated changes in the global securities markets or other reductions in liquidity driven by the Group or market-related events. In the event that such sources of funds are reduced or eliminated and the Group is not able to replace these on a cost-effective basis, the Group may be forced to curtail or cease its loan origination business and treasury activities, which would have a material adverse effect on its operations and financial condition.

As of March 31, 2012, the Group had approximately $454.0 million in cash and cash equivalents, $170.0 million in securities purchased under agreements to resell, $328.2 million in investment securities, $611.2 million in commercial loans, and $436.3 million in mortgage loans available to cover liquidity needs.

Operational Risk

Operational risk is the risk of loss from inadequate or failed internal processes, personnel and systems or from external events. All functions, products and services of the Group are susceptible to operational risk.

The Group faces ongoing and emerging risk and regulatory pressure related to the activities that surround the delivery of banking and financial products. Coupled with external influences such as market conditions, security risks, and legal risk, the potential for operational and reputational loss has increased. In order to mitigate and control operational risk, the Group has developed, and continues to enhance, specific internal controls, policies and procedures that are designed to identify and manage operational risk at appropriate levels throughout the organization. The purpose of these policies and procedures is to provide reasonable assurance that the Group’s business operations are functioning within established limits.

 

100


The Group classifies operational risk into two major categories: business specific and corporate-wide affecting all business lines. For business specific risks, a risk assessment group works with the various business units to ensure consistency in policies, processes and assessments. With respect to corporate-wide risks, such as information security, business recovery, legal and compliance, the Group has specialized groups, such as Information Security, Enterprise Risk Management, Corporate Compliance, Information Technology and Operations. These groups assist the lines of business in the development and implementation of risk management practices specific to the needs of the business groups. All these matters are reviewed and discussed in the Information Technology Steering Committee, and the Risk Management and Compliance Committee.

The Group is subject to extensive federal and Puerto Rico regulation, and this regulatory scrutiny has been significantly increasing over the last several years. The Group has established and continues to enhance procedures based on legal and regulatory requirements that are reasonably designed to ensure compliance with all applicable statutory and regulatory requirements. The Group has a corporate compliance function headed by a Compliance Director who reports to the Chief Risk Officer and is responsible for the oversight of regulatory compliance and implementation of a company-wide compliance program.

Concentration Risk

Substantially all of the Group’s business activities and a significant portion of its credit exposure are concentrated in Puerto Rico. As a consequence, the Group’s profitability and financial condition may be adversely affected by an extended economic slowdown, adverse political or economic developments in Puerto Rico or the effects of a natural disaster, all of which could result in a reduction in loan originations, an increase in non-performing assets, an increase in foreclosure losses on mortgage loans, and a reduction in the value of its loans and loan servicing portfolio.

Item 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this quarterly report on Form 10-Q, an evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of the Group’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Group’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based upon such evaluation, the CEO and the CFO have concluded that, as of the end of such period, the Group’s disclosure controls and procedures provided reasonable assurance of effectiveness in recording, processing, summarizing and reporting, on a timely basis, information required to be disclosed by the Group in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute assurance that it will detect or uncover failures within the Group to disclose material information otherwise required to be set forth in the Group’s periodic reports.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There was no change in the Group’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined on rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the quarter ended March 31, 2012 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Group’s internal control over financial reporting.

PART - II OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Group and its subsidiaries are defendants in a number of legal proceedings incidental to their business. The Group is vigorously contesting such claims. Based upon a review by legal counsel and the development of these matters to date, management is of the opinion that the ultimate aggregate liability, if any, resulting from these claims will not have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial condition or results of operations.

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS

There have been no material changes to the risk factors previously disclosed in the Group’s 2011 annual report on Form 10-K. In addition to other information set forth in this report, you should carefully consider the risk factors included in the Group’s annual report on Form 10-K, as updated by this report or other filings the Group makes with the SEC under the Exchange Act. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to the Group at this time or that the Group currently deems immaterial may also adversely affect the Group’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

101


Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

On June 29, 2011, the Group announced the approval by the Board of Directors of a stock repurchase program to purchase an additional $70 million of the Group’s common stock in the open market.

Any shares of common stock repurchased are held by the Group as treasury shares. The Group records treasury stock purchases under the cost method whereby the entire cost of the acquired stock is recorded as treasury stock. In 2011, the Group purchased approximately 2,783,000 shares under the $70 million program at a total cost of $29.4 million and an average price of $10.57 per share. During the quarter ended March 31, 2012, the Group purchased approximately 603,000 additional shares under this program for a total of $7.0 million, at an average price of $11.61 per share.

The following table presents the shares repurchased for each month in the quarter ended March 31, 2012, excluding the month ended January 31, 2012, during which no shares were purchased as part of the stock repurchase program:

 

Period

   Total number of
shares purchased as
part of stock
repurchase programs
     Average price paid
per share
     Dollar amount of
shares repurchased
(excluding
commissions  paid)
 
     (In thousands, except shares and per share data)  

February 2012

     276,100      $ 11.61      $ 3,206  

March 2012

     326,900        11.62        3,798  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Quarter ended March 31, 2012

     603,000      $ 11.61      $ 7,004  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The number of shares that may yet be purchased under the new $70 million program is estimated at 2,774,331, and was calculated by dividing the remaining balance of $33.6 million by $12.10 (closing price of the Group’s common stock at March 31, 2012). The Group did not purchase any shares of its common stock other than through its publicly announced stock repurchase program during the quarter ended March 31, 2012.

Item 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities

None.

Item 5. Other Information

None.

Item 6. Exhibits

 

  31.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  31.2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  32.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  32.2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101   The following materials from Oriental Financial Group Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Financial

 

102


Condition, (ii) Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity, (v) Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

103


Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

ORIENTAL FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

(Registrant)

 

By:   

/s/ José Rafael Fernández

  Date: May 4, 2012
   José Rafael Fernández  
   President and Chief Executive Officer  
By:   

/s/ Ganesh Kumar

  Date: May 4, 2012
   Ganesh Kumar  
   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  

 

104